International TEFL Academy Articles

International TEFL Academy Wins Top Award for TEFL/Teaching Abroad in 2026

info@InternationalTEFLAcademy.com (International TEFL Academy) — Wed, 03 Jun 2026 14:26:18 GMT

International TEFL Academy (ITA) and our staff are thrilled and proud to have won the People's Choice Award for Best TEFL/Teaching English Abroad Organization for the sixth year in a row (and the seventh time overall) at the presentation of GoAbroad Awards for Innovation in Meaningful Travel held on May 28, 2026, in Orlando, Florida.

This award honors the top international education organization as selected by study & work abroad professionals and students by popular vote. The top five finalists in this category were chosen by the nomination of their peers, including study abroad advisers from colleges and universities and representatives of other international education organizations. This year, alumni could also nominate organizations. International TEFL Academy is proud to be the first TEFL certification school ever to win this prestigious award and has now won it seven times. ITA first won the award in 2018 and then, before this year, won in 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024, and 2025.

In addition to the People’s Choice Award, we are thrilled to announce that ITA has also won the 2026 Innovative Student Video Award for the first time since 2020. The winning entry, "Discover Yourself," was created by our very own alumna, Ta'mia Fannin. Her inspiring video was the winner of our student video contest last year, held during the milestone celebration of our 15th anniversary and reaching 50,000 students. We couldn't be prouder to see her talent recognized on a global stage.

Something smooth. Like like this? Yeah. Amongst the mystery of old Italian ruins during a summer abroad, perhaps it was then that my journey began. Or at the very least, it served as a catalyst for what is now my life overseas. The last few months, or rather last year, I've been living in Germany, documenting clips of beautiful moments, traveling to different cities in the country, but keeping all of these little moments in time on my tiny camera. I often forget all the good that I've experienced. Teaching leaders of tomorrow, traveling the world, exploring new cultures, and discovering. No longer those old Italian ruins, but instead the mystery that is myself.

For nearly two decades, GoAbroad.com has been a leading online resource for information on "meaningful travel," including studying abroad, volunteering abroad, & teaching English abroad. GoAbroad’s annual Innovation Awards were created for the purpose of "showcasing the best in innovation, originality, creativity, and exceptional ideas in international education."

Since 2010, International TEFL Academy has certified and assisted over 50,000 people from all backgrounds to gain employment teaching English abroad in 80 countries worldwide. In recent years, thousands of ITA students have also been hired to teach English online as more countries open up to digital nomads and remote teachers in a post-pandemic world.

International TEFL Academy CEO and Founder Bruce Jones accepted the People's Choice Award for Best International Education Organization and the Innovative Student Video Award on behalf of ITA in 2026.

ITA offers accredited TEFL certification classes online & in over 20 locations worldwide. Students receive comprehensive pre-enrollment guidance & access to thousands of articles, videos, alumni stories, & other resources to learn about job markets & the process of moving abroad. All graduates receive lifetime job search guidance, including personalized assistance from ITA's Student Affairs experts, in addition to access to the Alumni Corner website and networks of more than 50,000 graduates across the globe. Since 2023, ITA has also offered guaranteed job placement programs for individuals seeking end-to-end personalized support in gaining an overseas teaching position.

In past years, in addition to winning the People's Choice Award, ITA has also won the 2020 Innovative Student Video Award and the 2024 Innovative TEFL/Teach Abroad Program Award.

For our Innovative Teach Abroad Program submission, ITA highlighted its specialty Teaching Test Prep Skills course, providing in-depth training on preparing students for English proficiency exams.

This course, consistently innovating new tools and courses for our alumni and prospective students, is among a variety of advanced training options that can be taken to enhance English teaching ability and confidence. Read more about ITA's specialty course offerings here.

Prior to Ta'Mia's win, the first ITA alum to win the Innovative Student Video Award was Jack Ross, whose video, "Thank you Vietnam," won the 2020 Innovative Student Video Award.

In addition to these accolades, ITA has received nominations for awards in TEFL Innovation (2020, 2023), Alumni Engagement (2017), Philanthropy (2016, 2021, 2022), and the STA Start the Adventure Award (2016), an honor for an individual most influential in international education, of which our founder and president, Bruce Jones, was the nominee.

International TEFL Academy would like to thank the GoAbroad Innovation Awards Academy Members for the honor of being selected as a finalist, all of those who voted for ITA in the winning of the People's Choice Award, and we salute all nominations & winners. Check out a full list of 2026 GoAbroad Awards winners here.

10 Facts & Tips for Teaching & Living in Thailand

Kenneth Parris — Fri, 06 Mar 2026 20:06:51 GMT

When living in another country, you will encounter all sorts of fascinating quirks, surprises, and cultural differences. When I first lived abroad in Prague, Czech Republic, I felt like I noticed something unique about the lifestyle there every other day. I knew there was no way I’d be able to remember it all when I’d eventually have to tell stories upon my return home. So, I started keeping a list in my phone of anything notable that I’d come across during my international travels. This has become a truly fun activity for me that I continue every time I travel abroad.

So, in line with tradition, I’m happy to introduce ten new things I have learned while teaching English in Thailand. From historical context and culture to important food insights, I hope this can serve as a helpful resource for anyone looking to explore and enjoy this amazing country today.

10 Things You Should Know When Living in Thailand

1. Pad Thai, the National Dish

Let’s start with a topic we can all relate to… food. As ubiquitous as Thai restaurants are throughout the world (this is actually by design and the Thai government’s “gastrodiplomacy” initiative during the early 2000s), chances are you’ve heard of, or even eaten, Pad Thai. Hearty and flavorful, this popular food can be found on menus throughout Thailand, and you won't have to spend much more than 65 baht ($2) on it. It is the official national dish of Thailand, and has an interesting culinary history.

What are the origins of Pad Thai?

Perhaps surprisingly, Pad Thai is a fairly recent creation (less than 100 years old). Not only that, it was a political creation! The exact timing is debated, but the advent of Pad Thai came about between the 1930s and 1940s. Thailand was less than a decade removed from a coup, and Prime Minister Plaek Phibunsongkram was desperate to develop a sense of national pride and identity.

So, he focused on creating a national dish that would become synonymous with Thailand. There are competing theories about why Pad Thai became Thailand's national dish. Some say it was originally due to a rice shortage, allowing noodles to take center stage. Another theory is that the prime minister wanted to pick a dish that would be palatable to the masses and not too spicy. My personal favorite is that he was enamored with Italian culture and wanted to model Thailand’s national dish after spaghetti! Whatever the reason, Pad Thai prevailed and is here to stay.

2. Why is Thailand called "Thailand"?

The ancient name of Siam was changed to "Thailand" in 1949 under Prime Minister Plaek Phibunsongkram - the same guy who made Pad Thai the national dish! If you split present-day Thailand in half, Siam was the country in the bottom half (where Bangkok is), while the top half was the Lan Na Kingdom (where Chiang Mai is). Eventually, Siam took control of Lan Na, and it all became one country as we know it today. So then what does Thailand mean? It’s actually quite literal, “land of the Tai/Thai.”

It has a double meaning: “Tai” refers to an ethnic group of the region's early inhabitants, while “Thai” means “free.” Both meanings represent a source of national pride, as the former boasts a sense of ownership that Thai people have of their land. The latter, "Land of the Free," can be considered in the context of Thailand’s proud and distinct honor of being the only Southeast Asian country never colonized by a European power. You can still find the name Siam in restaurant or business names, maintaining a level of connection to the country’s long history and ancient past.

*Bonus Fact: Did you know the term “siamese twins” came from the name Siam?! Look it up to learn more.

3. What is the Population of Bangkok?

Thailand has a population of 71 million people. Its capital city, Bangkok, has the most residents with 11 million in the greater metropolitan area. Some estimates are even higher than that number.

What’s interesting about the population is what happens next. Thailand is cited as the country with the largest population discrepancy between its first and second largest cities. Chiang Mai is often regarded as the second largest or most populous city, but the difference in population size is a whopping 1000%! So you go from 11 million (or more) in Bangkok, to just over 1 million in Chiang Mai. If you don’t include the surrounding suburban areas and just count the cities themselves, the gap is even bigger percentage-wise.

4. Driving May Look Familiar to UK Citizens

Though I mentioned earlier that Thailand was never colonized (a big point of local pride), it was still influenced by the British, who took a stake in neighboring countries. As the British colonized Burma (present-day Myanmar), Thailand maintained friendly, diplomatic relations with them to keep things cool. Those relations led to the adoption of certain customs and practices, such as driving on the left side of the road.

5. How do You Get Around Bangkok?

Thailand has two popular rideshare apps that locals and tourists use in Bangkok, Grab and Bolt, but the fact is undeniable: motorbikes are the quickest (and cheapest) way to get around the city!

On both rideshares, you can choose to be picked up by a car or a motorbike. I can speak from experience in Bangkok, where I’m based, and say that the traffic is no joke! It feels like at any point in the day, you could be stuck in a bumper-to-bumper traffic jam. That is, however, if you’re riding in a car. If that is the case, you’ll notice a constant flow of motorbikes weaving in between the cars and getting ahead at a much quicker rate. Is it a little scary riding on the back of one? Depends on who you ask.

6. Spas on Every Block

If you didn’t already know, Thailand is the epicenter of massages! Thailand is renowned for this skilled profession, to the point that it has its own “Thai massage,” which is offered at every spa. The defining characteristic of a Thai massage is the chiropractic-like stretching sequence that they perform.

Having a signature massage isn’t the biggest thing that stands out about the culture, though. Instead, it’s the sheer number of massage spas found spread across every neighborhood. Not only can you find one on every single street, but there are several of them on a street. Sometimes there are multiple spas side-by-side! It’s a bit confusing to see how multiples of the same business type compete against one another, but in Thailand, this is the reality for massage spas.

It’s great as a customer because, in addition to the ease of getting a massage, the high volume of them helps keep the price low (and it’s LOW!). However, from a different lens, it is a bit sad to see the employees often sitting outside and desperately hoping that each passerby stops in to give them business. The supply definitely outweighs the demand, and for this reason, they seem to go long stretches without any customers.

*Bonus Tip: If you’re heading to Bangkok's Suvarnabhumi Airport (BKK) and have a long journey ahead, you can take some comfort in knowing that you can also get a massage at the airport!

7. Know When To Use a Fork and Spoon

Pad Thai is one of the few dishes in Thailand for which chopsticks are used. Many of the other dishes use a spoon because they’re soup-based, or a fork to eat rice with. There are those occasions, though, where you do have to do some cutting and will naturally reach for the knife. The problem is…there is no knife! Knives are just not a common utensil in Thailand, especially in traditional restaurants (you can find them in more touristy areas).

It could be the most appropriate time to use a knife, such as cutting a chicken breast, and you will only have a fork and spoon at your disposal. The cultural reasoning is that the fork is used to push food onto the spoon, which is then used to eat. Moreover, much of the food is already chopped up, so there isn’t much left for you to cut. Stay here long enough, though, and you’ll be in several situations where a knife is the more logical option; however, you learn quickly how to operate without one.

8. What is The Thai "Bum Gun"?

Without going into too many specifics on how to use it, the general idea is that a gentle rinse with the bum gun can replace the need for high toilet paper usage. You still can use toilet paper, but much less will be required after using the bum gun.

This is a bit of an…interesting topic name. It really should be called “bum hose,” but I digress. So what is this all about? Well, in Thailand, the bathroom pipes are smaller than those in the West, which can lead to clogging if tissue is repeatedly flushed down the toilet. To combat this problem, every bathroom in the country (whether in your home or at a restaurant) is equipped with a hose-like device by the side of the toilet. This is the famed Thai bum gun.

From there, the little bit that you do use is tossed into the trash. It’s a different approach…very different. But it’s a much better option than dealing with plumbing issues if you don’t follow it. You can still use toilets as you’re normally used to, like if you stay in a nice hotel when you go on weekend trips. Evidently, the pipes in hotels are larger, so the toilets can handle more. Some may have signage in the bathroom that would inform you otherwise, though, so just look out for that.

9. Cash is King in Thailand

Thailand has many modern conveniences and, as one of the most visited countries in the world, caters greatly to tourists. There are, however, some things that still feel like a relic of the past. One of those is the lack of acceptance of credit/debit cards in businesses. It certainly doesn’t happen everywhere, and your card will be accepted at higher-end restaurants or in clothing stores at the malls.

But you’re in Thailand, and market culture is HUGE, so you will absolutely find yourself spending on food or clothes at the market stalls. In these instances, you absolutely need cash. It’s not only limited to the markets, though, as many of the traditional Thai restaurants (which you definitely want to eat at, for cost and taste) will only accept cash as well. Even convenience stores like 7-Eleven have a minimum spend amount for you to be able to use a card, so again, cash reigns supreme. The great thing is, there are ample opportunities to withdraw money as there are ATMs on many streets, plus at every 7-Eleven.

10. The Magic of 7-Eleven

Speaking of 7-Eleven, it truly is the most convenient convenience store available in the country. They are EVERYWHERE! Want a personal example? In my neighborhood, there are five 7-Eleven stores within a 15-minute walk of one another. FIVE.

The only businesses that seem to beat them out in quantity are the massage spas. Bear in mind that in the U.S., 7-Eleven does not enjoy the same status and popularity that it enjoys in Thailand. They are convenient, yes, but not somewhere you go regularly. Whereas in Thailand, everyone uses them (maybe because they are so in-your-face), they are pretty nice!

One standout feature is the pre-cooked meals. You can get classic Thai dishes, which seem to be cooked that day, wrapped and ready to go, for really cheap. Thai food is already affordable at traditional Thai restaurants, but even less at 7-Eleven. Chances are, if you’re living in or visiting Thailand, there will be a 7-Eleven within a 5-minute walk.

This wraps up the first set of fun, interesting, historical, and cultural points about this fascinating Southeast Asian dream destination. Since one list isn’t enough to capture all the notable elements of the country, there will be more to learn in 10 Things About Thailand (part 2).

Go further:

How it Works: Thailand Guaranteed Job Placement & Enrollment Timeline

Kenneth Parris — Fri, 06 Mar 2026 19:56:42 GMT

Job Placement vs. Lifetime Job Search Guidance in Thailand

Interested in teaching English in Thailand? While International TEFL Academy provides lifetime job search guidance and resources to all of its alumni, some students we talk to would prefer something guaranteed, with a professional English teaching position already waiting for them in their country of choice.

Is it your first time teaching English or living abroad?
Are you eager to teach abroad, but you're super busy & short on time?
Do you prefer structure and guarantees?

If any of those are you, then you may be the exact student who would benefit from that extra level of white-glove service provided in ITA’s Guaranteed Job Placement Programs for teaching English in Asia and Costa Rica.

Jump to the Section You Need

Why Should You Enroll in the Thailand Job Placement Program?
Job Placement Timeline
What Happens Next?

In this video, ITA advisor and Thailand Placement Program alum Kenneth Parris discusses his experience during oreination week of Thailand Job Placement Program.

Why Should You Enroll in a Guaranteed Job Placement Program?

Top Reasons a Guaranteed Placement Program in Thailand Could Be Right for You:

You have a partner or family member who wants to move and teach with you
You are overwhelmed by the visa process and document collection
You don't have a lot of time to apply for jobs abroad
You would rather know you have a job lined up when you move to a new country

I chose to teach English in Thailand because it gave the option of a short-term contract (5 months) and ensured that couples (or friends) could be placed together in the same city, if not the same school. My partner and I planned this adventure together and only wanted to be abroad for half the year, so Thailand checked both boxes.

It's worth noting that I work in the TEFL industry as an ITA Admissions Advisor, so shouldn’t I know how to get a job quickly and easily in Thailand? I’ve also taught abroad three times (Czech Republic, South Korea, Spain), and never used a dedicated placement service. Therefore, one would think that I, of all people, would be the least likely to want or need to invest in a placement service. But let’s look at it from a different perspective.

With my TEFL background, I know how much time and effort it takes to move abroad successfully. There are many potential steps: getting university documents, having them legalized, completing a health check, proving financial means, applying for a visa, attending visa appointments, and, of course, applying for jobs. You won’t need every step for every country, but there’s still a lot to juggle, and it’s easy to feel confused or overwhelmed.

Why did you choose to invest in ITA's Guaranteed Job Placement Program even though you know you can get a job without it?

With a full-time job and busy life, I didn’t want to navigate Thailand’s requirements or job search on my own. Knowing there was a program designed to streamline the paperwork and secure a teaching job made the decision simple.

Having a professional team guide me and line up interviews felt like the smartest, most efficient use of my time and energy—truly working smarter, not harder.

Timeline of Job Placement Program for Thailand: Enrollment to Arrival

The guaranteed job placement program currently features 6 countries (South Korea, Japan, Thailand, Vietnam, Cambodia, and Costa Rica). Each country has different requirements and consequently, different timelines. ITA works with program partners who handle all communication and placement steps upon enrollment.

Kenneth's Personal Placement Timeline for Teaching English in Thailand TL:DR

Day Range	Action
Day 1 - 6	Enrollment & begin visa preparation
Day 23 - 77	Submit location preferences, preparation for living in Thailand, booking a flight, and working with the Job Placement Coordinator
Day 81 - 120	Interviews, Orientation Week in Hua Hin, get ready to officially teach in Thailand

An In-Depth Thailand Guaranteed Job Placement Timeline

Below is a detailed timeline of the steps in the program for Thailand, directly from my own experience:

Day 1 - Enrolled in the Thailand Guaranteed Job Placement Program through an ITA advisor.
Day 2 - Received initial contact from the placement program partner. I was contacted by my dedicated Support Coordinator, who confirmed my personal info and the details of my program (location and date).

Note: during this first contact, I was asked about piercings or tattoos (this can be a sensitive issue with some schools in Asia). I have a nose piercing, so I put that down.
Day 3 - Begin document submission to build the Teacher Profile. My coordinator provided a Google Form for me to upload the first set of required documents (passport, degree, TEFL certificate, resume/CV, headshot photo, list of medical conditions). The photo should be professional-looking (think business casual), but doesn’t have to be a studio photo. Your phone camera and good lighting are just fine.

She also followed up on my nose piercing and asked me to submit two additional photos, close-ups of me with and without the piercing. She mentioned that Thailand is fairly relaxed, so I’d likely be fine to keep the piercing in, but they just needed the photos for my file.

Lastly, if you have medical conditions or take prescription medication, it’s important to be upfront about this because each country regulates medications differently. If you are approved by the program to participate, you’ll be required to submit a doctor’s note that clears you for travel.
Day 6 - Teacher introduction video and start of work permit steps. Schools will want to see how you look and speak, so the video is an important part of your teacher profile. Still, it’s nothing too demanding at all. The length is only 60 seconds max, and an easy script is provided. For the work permit, this stage began pretty early in the process (notice we’re only on day 6!) because it can take up to 12 weeks to complete. The required docs were: background check, official university transcripts, and a legalized copy of my university degree. The latter is specifically what would take up to 12 weeks, as it is a multi-stage process.
Early impression: While I was getting my teacher profile and work permit documents together, I had a ton of questions about my photos, resume, placement timeline, school semester length, and more. My coordinator’s communication was impeccable. She answered all my questions quickly and thoroughly, easing any concerns. At no point did I feel lost or concerned, as I was provided templates and very detailed guides (for background checks and work permits) outlining how to complete each step.

Day 23 - Contact from another Thailand coordinator to discuss the next phase. Throughout this phased process, I worked with several members of the placement team. I was offered a Zoom call to review what to expect upon arrival in Thailand and given a detailed briefing guide in advance covering budgeting, visas, arrival steps, school semester dates, required documents, and housing for the 1-week in-country orientation.

The guide was extremely helpful and helped me prepare questions. About a week later, we had the Zoom call, all my questions were thoroughly answered, and the next stages of placement became much clearer.
Day 34 - Received the go-ahead to book my flight! I was advised early on to wait until they gave me the green light to buy my ticket. This meant that I’d done everything right thus far, and my documents were coming together correctly.
Day 51 - Start of teaching preferences selection. A feature of the placement program is the ability to provide your preferences on where (location within the country) and who (age group) you want to teach.

NOTE: Preferences are not guaranteed, and the more flexible you are, the easier it will be to secure a teaching placement quickly.

However, it’s completely fine and normal to have preferences, and the placement team works to find schools for you that most closely match your wants. I filled out a Google form to indicate my preferences.
Temperature check: At this stage, almost 2 months in, I’m feeling very confident in the program and the staff. The prompt communication and abundance of resources provided (info guides, recorded webinars) ensured that I knew what I was doing every step of the way.

They also set expectations early by explaining the typical timeline for receiving the actual placement and that I may need to do a visa run to a neighboring country (with guidance from my eventual employer) to complete the visa process. Frequent e-mail check-ins were sent to monitor the status of my work permit documents, ensuring I wouldn’t fall behind.
Day 77 - Teacher placement call. (I received an email from my official Job Placement Coordinator this time, inviting me to a video call to discuss my preferences. We had the call a few days later and discussed the likelihood of getting my exact preferences, the typical timeline that schools will start interviewing, salary, school types, and ensuring that my partner and I would be placed together (in the same city). The call was very productive, and based on the information she gathered, my Placement Coordinator was able to start sending my (and my partner’s) teacher profile documents to schools.
Day 81 - Completed documents for work permit. Remember way back on Day 6 when I was first informed of the work permit documents that I needed to gather? Now, everything is complete! It took about 10 of the estimated 12 weeks to get done, and the legalized degree is specifically the part that required this length of time. Although there were particular tasks that I needed to do during that stretch, a lot of that time was just waiting for documents to arrive by mail.
Day 86 - Confirmation of Orientation Week room preference. As part of the program, there is a 1-week orientation in Hua Hin, Thailand, which would take place a few days after arrival. The room fee is already included if you are doing the shared room option (you can share with another teacher in the orientation), or you can pay for a private room (approximately $150 USD).

Day 87 - First interview opportunity! My partner and I were informed that a teaching agency was interested in interviewing us both for positions at two different schools it works with. We received the school location, age group, salary, and benefits details, all of which were favorable and in line with our preferences. If we successfully passed the interview, we’d be required to perform a teaching demo on a later call. Our Placement Coordinator provided us with an interview guide that gave tips on how to perform and an extensive list of practice questions.
Day 93 - Interview day. I actually should call it "interview night," as I had to coordinate with Thai time, which is 13 hours ahead of my time zone. This wasn’t bad at all, though, as I got started shortly after dinner, which had my body fueled and my brain ready to perform!

Prior to the interview, I did a quick 10-minute practice session with my coordinator. The interview lasted about 15 minutes, and the questions were exactly the same as those in the interview guide. This made it easy, as no curve balls were thrown, and I was able to recite the answers I’d prepared. A few days later, my coordinator confirmed that both my partner and I passed our interviews and that we could get ready to create our demo lessons next.
Day 102 - Demo lesson. For the demo lesson, the employer assigned the topic, and I created a presentation for a 20-minute lesson with the same person who interviewed me. Your performance will match your preparation, so once you build your demo, practice it several times. You’ll need to act as if you’re teaching real students, set aside any awkwardness, and focus on delivering a clear, engaging lesson. Picture a class of energetic learners and present in a way they’ll understand, keeping it fun and exciting. Employers often base decisions as much on your personality as on your teaching skills.
Day 120 - Arrived in Thailand! We stayed in a hotel in Bangkok for 2 nights before heading to Hua Hin for Orientation Week. The program provides the transportation, and it’s your first opportunity to meet other teachers who are participating as well. The week in Hua Hin was a journey into Thai history, culture, and life as a teacher, and included fun activities such as a Muay Thai lesson and cooking class. Great way to get acclimated to the new country that all of us teachers would now be calling home!

This timeline is based on my own experience with guaranteed job placement in Thailand; timelines may vary based on circumstances. That’s where ITA’s partner coordinators come in—to guide you through every step until you’re teaching English and living abroad.

What Happens Next With Job Placement?

In Thailand, whether you interview before arrival or after, you’ll likely receive your official job offer and school placement only once you’re in-country. This differs from Japan and South Korea, where contracts are often signed in advance. In Southeast Asia, timelines move a bit slower, so we received our confirmed placements after arriving in Thailand.

Once you receive your job offer, ITA’s program partner shares accommodation options near your school—fully furnished apartments with 6- or 12-month leases. After orientation (or your onsite Hua Hin TEFL course, if combined with placement), the staff also helps arrange transportation to your new city.

Guaranteed Job Placement Doesn't End With Your First Job

The Guaranteed Job Placement Program is a hands-on, full-service option for anyone seeking a high level of support in moving abroad. If it were just for a one-time use, it would already be worth the investment, but even better, it’s a lifetime service that can be used for multiple countries without paying the full fee each time. Teaching abroad is a big move with many moving parts, but this program really simplifies it all and takes the guesswork out of doing things correctly.

Whether you want to go to Thailand or another country offered, give this program serious consideration to make your teach abroad journey just a little bit easier!

Go further: How much money can I make in Thailand as an English teacher

Lesson Planning on the Go: My Quick and Flexible Approach

Matt Mitzel — Mon, 22 Dec 2025 16:13:30 GMT

Teaching English online isn't just a job but a gateway that allows you to earn an income while seeing the world. Equipped only with a laptop and Wi-Fi, though, teachers have turned their lessons into opportunities for travel, flexibility, and freedom. I know this firsthand. Armed with our TEFL certificate from ITA’s 11-week course, we’ve made a laptop and strong WiFi our ticket to living in places around the globe, such as Shenzhen, Buenos Aires, and Warsaw.

Life “on the go” means balancing adventure with responsibility. While we’ve loved immersing ourselves in new cities and cultures, our main source of income is teaching, which requires real commitment beyond the classroom. Lesson planning, as any teacher knows, can eat up hours if you let it. That’s why we’ve learned to streamline and plan effectively, “working smarter, not harder,” so we can sustain both our travels and our students’ learning.

TIP #1:Using the Internet to Your Advantage

Firstly, I want you to think about all the things you can do on the internet. You really don’t need to take that much time to understand that the internet is a database of anything and everything. Regarding teaching English online, there are endless resources available for lesson planning. You are not the first and certainly will not be the last online English teacher. This means that many teaching libraries offer pre-set lesson plans for use, some of which are free and others are paid. Of course, none of this is relevant for many platforms that already provide teaching materials. While we have worked with some of these platforms (primarily Cambly and former Chinese companies that have since ceased operations), we primarily conduct private lessons, in which we are responsible for providing the materials. We have 5 minutes for each class to prepare. We are not paid for planning, so we try to be quick and effective.

Minute 1: Objective: Decide the main goal of the lesson (e.g., “students will practice ordering food in a restaurant”).
Minute 2: Warm-up: Pick a quick, engaging activity (question, picture, or game) that connects to the topic.
Minute 3-4: Main Activity: Choose one focused activity (dialogue practice, role-play, or short reading/listening task) that drives the lesson objective.
Minute 5: Wrap-up & Homework: Plan a 2-minute recap or “exit ticket” question + one simple task they can practice after class.

Additionally, as we travel frequently, we have had to complete quick turnarounds between online classes or finalize lesson plans just before a class begins.

Disclaimer: This routine and the following resources are primarily relevant if you are teaching privately. If you are teaching for an online company, use its library, if available, for lesson planning; it’s there for a reason.

For adult classes, which we primarily offer, we use the News in Levels website (free and featuring several daily articles) for short, everyday English articles across three levels. Each article includes key vocabulary and a video from a news source to provide additional visual support for students. This is an ideal resource for working with your students on a topical basis. With its three levels, it can be used effectively for beginner, intermediate, and advanced students. After the reading and video, we discuss the students’ reactions, which indicate student engagement. With multiple students in a class, you can facilitate debates and encourage further discussion.

TIP #2: Find Out if You Want to Pay for a Monthly Subscription

Secondly, we pay together for Ellii, our favorite online resource. With a monthly subscription of about $14 (if you subscribe yearly) or $19 (if you subscribe monthly), you have access to an ever-growing library of everything from engaging grammar lessons, conversation-led lessons, to spotlights on current events, holidays, or people. After spending the last 2 years online teaching, we give our 100% guarantee that Ellii is the best resource because it’s so easy to follow. The lessons are organized into modules that require only a screen share to present to your students. At the end of each lesson, you can then download the PDF and send it to your student to review. Ellii offers a 2-week free trial that allows you to evaluate whether it is the platform for you. Of course, there are numerous free resources on the internet, but after spending time using these, we have discovered that Ellii is well worth the price. It is essentially a growing library of resources, and all you need to do is share your screen from the website- this means less time planning for you and more time presenting the most engaging material out there!

Overall, using both News in Levels and Ellii, we can plan quickly. One time, when our flight was delayed, and we were cutting it close to a class, I took my aforementioned 5 minutes to prepare my lesson and be ready to present on short notice. Of course, if you are more comfortable planning far in advance before a class, this works as well. Either way, whenever you decide to do planning, make sure you don’t spend so much time on it because, unlike being in a traditional classroom, you don’t have to worry about printing or physically putting anything together. Use the internet to your advantage. This allows you to use your time wisely and plan effectively on the go.

TIP #3: Have an Emergency Plan

Thirdly, as you can imagine, problems can occur with faulty connections or materials not being presented correctly. Although this is rare, as a teacher, you should have a contingency plan. This means always keeping some emergency materials on hand for this. In my experience, I have encountered difficulties sharing videos in my lesson plans. However, I did not fret; rather, I pulled out my emergency game (20 questions can be your best friend) to occupy the time and avoid awkward silence, in which the student is watching you fumble for a filler. Do yourself a favor: always be prepared for online issues!

And remember, preparation doesn’t just enhance the student’s experience—it also saves your confidence. Having those go-to backup activities means you remain calm and in control, regardless of what technology presents to you. Students won’t remember the glitch; they’ll remember how smoothly you handled it. Ultimately, flexibility and quick thinking are as important as lesson planning for being an effective online teacher.

TIP #4- Have fun with it!

By keeping things simple, using the appropriate tools, and staying organized, we can balance both work and travel without burnout. If you're considering this lifestyle, know that it's entirely doable and, honestly, incredibly rewarding. So grab that laptop, plan smart, and get out there. The world is waiting!

Go Further:

How to Choose Your Next Digital Nomad Base

Perlie Yang — Mon, 22 Dec 2025 16:07:27 GMT

For online English teachers, the world isn’t just a backdrop… It's your classroom. The freedom to teach from anywhere is exhilarating, but before you pack your laptop and headset, there’s some essential research you need to do!

Choosing your next base as a TEFL digital nomad isn’t just about finding Instagram-worthy locations. It’s about securing legal permissions, having reliable internet, and maintaining an affordable living arrangement, all while creating a lifestyle that supports both work and exploration. Whether you’re planning to freelance or teach at an online school, understanding the nuances of visas, internet connectivity, and the cost of living is essential.

When teaching English online abroad, your first priority should be legal compliance. Many countries allow tourists to enter easily, but not all allow remote work.

Navigating Visas & Work Permits

A tourist visa may allow you to stay in a country for 30, 60, 90, or even 180 days, but technically, it does not permit you to work, even online. For online English teachers, that means you could potentially be at risk if local authorities scrutinize your activities. The safest path is to verify whether your teaching or freelance income counts as work under local law.

More than 40 countries now offer digital nomad or remote work visas, with many specifically designed to accommodate online teachers. These visas allow you to earn money while living abroad legally, often for six months to a year, with the option to renew to extend your time in that location. Countries such as Portugal, Costa Rica, Mexico, and the Czech Republic have become popular destinations for online English teachers due to straightforward application processes.

Digital nomad or work permits typically require proof of stable income, health insurance, a valid passport, and, in some cases, a background check. Some countries may also ask for contracts with online schools. You should begin these applications early, as processing times vary, and you don’t want to arrive in the country without legal permission to teach there.

Disclaimer: You should always consult the embassy/consulate of the country before you visit.

Tired of endlessly scrolling through videos trying to find the perfect city? You need fast Wi Fi and a community that gets you. We've spent the last two years working from around the world, and here are the ten cities that check all those boxes and more. Alright. Let's get this list started. We're coming at you from Kazakhstan's largest city, Almaty. Nestled at the foot of the snow draped Tian Shan mountains, Almaty greeted us with crisp mornings and slow, peaceful day. The city's Soviet era charm blends with a growing cafe and co working space, making online teaching surprisingly easy. For US citizens, thirty days visa free makes it perfect for a short term stay. Amati is ideal if your students are in Asia. No more three AM classes. Now let's move to the Far East in the hustling and bustling city of Guangzhou, China in the country's Guangdong province. Teaching from skyscraper apartments or traditional tea house, we found Internet fast and reliable and food delightfully cheap. Visas a little trickier, though. US citizens only get ten days visa free. However, it's ideal for teachers wanting big city buzz and better time zones for students across Asia. Alright. Let's go north in South America. High in the Andes, Bogota, Colombia surprises with cool air, vibrant street art, and neighborhoods like Chapanero packed with coworking cafes. Teaching online was seamless, thanks to strong Internet and a matching time zone for US based students. Bogota is a perfect location for weekend escapes to nearby towns. US citizens get ninety days visa free, and Colombia now even offers a digital nomad visa if you want to stay longer. Alright. Let's go move on to Colombia's southern neighbor, Peru. More specifically, Cusco. Living in Cusco felt like walking through living history with cobblestone streets, ancient Incan walls, and colorful markets all outside our door. After teaching online with decent Internet and mountain views, we'd explore ruins or plan weekend trips to Machu Picchu. Americans can stay visa free up to a hundred eighty three days, a generous perk. If you love history and don't mind a slower pace, Cusco is for you. Back to South America we go. We're coming at you from the capital of Chile, Santiago. Santiago gave us modern comforts with the dramatic Andes as our weekend playground. From wine tasting to hiking, there's a lot to love. We taught from stylish apartments and coworking spaces, all with reliable Internet. US travelers get ninety days visa free, and extensions are doable. Chile's stability, infrastructure, and nature make it a solid base for remote work. Next up, we're coming at you from Buenos Aires, Argentina. Walking through Buenos Aires feels like drifting through a European city, but with the heat of tango and the smell of grilled steak in the air. With its late night cafe culture and fiber Internet, it's a dream for night owl teachers. We adjusted easily to the rhythm of the city, plus US citizens get ninety days visa free, which gave us time to really settle in. Depending on your teaching schedule, being three hours ahead of EST could work in your favor in Buenos Aires. Alright. Let's go a little more north to Central America. This time from San Salvador, El Salvador. This one was a surprise. San Salvador mixes gritty charm with modern convenience. Mornings were for teaching, afternoons for markets, and weekends for beaches and volcanoes. Internet was surprisingly strong in modern areas, and US citizens get ninety days visa free. The digital nomad scene is growing with more meetups and coworking spaces popping up. This is a great pick for teachers wanting city life with wild nature nearby. Alright. Coming at you from the largest city in North America, Mexico City, Mexico. Mexico City was alive twenty four seven. Street tacos, murals, mariachi, and fast Internet. Set up in the Roma and Condesa neighborhood surrounded by digital nomads. With a hundred eighty days visa free for US citizens, we had plenty of time to find our rhythm. Time zones aligned well with US students, and the teaching vibe here is vibrant and supportive. If you like to eat, this really is the city to be. Onward to Europe. Warsaw, Poland. Warsaw balanced old world Europe with new age convenience. We taught online from cafes along cobblestone streets with hearty Polish meals at study breaks. US citizens can stay for ninety days visa free under the Schengen agreement with access to much of Europe. If your students are in Europe, it's a perfect base for seamless scheduling. We recommend, if you can, be in Warsaw during Christmas season as Christmas markets and Christmas lights are around every corner. Alright. Let's move to the country that straddles both Europe and Asia. That's right. I'm talking about Turkiye. Turkiye is one of our second homes as Perli and I spent one year here living in Istanbul. But we're not talking about Istanbul. We're talking about going to the Turkish Riviera and the lovely city of Kas. Kas felt like stepping into a postcard. Perched over turquoise Mediterranean waters, it was the most peaceful place we worked from. Internet cafes and apartments held up for lessons, though we double checked Airbnb reviews. Life here was slow and sweet. US citizens can stay in Turkey for ninety days visa free, and extensions are possible. It's not a big city, but expat community is welcome and tight knit. So what are you waiting for? Check out how to become a digital nomad with ITA today.

Finding Reliable Wi-Fi & Internet

Even with a perfect visa, your day-to-day success as a TEFL digital nomad hinges on reliable internet. For teaching online classes, your laptop and headset are your lifeline. Before moving, research and check the average internet speeds in the city. I use speedtest.net to provide realistic connectivity insights for smooth video calls.

Minimum: 25 Mbps (download), 10 Mbps (upload)
Recommended: 100-200 Mbps+ (download), 50 Mbps+ (upload)

Some teachers recommend having a backup internet solution, such as mobile data, in case home Wi-Fi drops during lessons. For example, our month spent in Jaipur, India, began somewhat rocky due to frequent power outages that disrupted our online teaching schedule. As a result, we identified another Airbnb listing with a backup generator, so power outages would no longer affect the internet connection.

In addition to reliable internet in your housing space, co-working spaces provide a solid backup and a structured environment. They also offer networking opportunities with other digital nomads and remote professionals. For teachers, this can be especially helpful for sharing advice on time zones, lesson planning, or finding freelance tutoring opportunities. Cities such as Kuala Lumpur, Ho Chi Minh City, and Buenos Aires have thriving co-working scenes well-suited for online educators. There are co-working housing opportunities, such as Noma Collective and Casa Basilico Coliving, that allow digital nomads to share a common living space and promote cultural activities. This is an effective way to build a community of like-minded people while also providing an ideal working environment.

Check local SIM card options and data plans! In many countries, mobile data is fast and affordable, and can serve as a backup for teaching sessions. Some teachers carry portable Wi-Fi devices or multiple SIM cards to ensure uninterrupted lessons, which is particularly useful in areas where occasional outages are common.

Money Management on the Road (Finances + Cost of Living)

Understanding the cost of living for digital nomads, especially online English teachers, is essential for planning a sustainable lifestyle. Rent, groceries, food, and banking logistics all influence how long and comfortably you can live abroad.

Rent is typically your biggest monthly expense. Apartments in cities like Ho Chi Minh City or Cusco can cost $700–$1,200 USD, whereas apartments in Warsaw or Santiago may range a little more, from $1,400–$2,000 USD. When house hunting, be sure to look for furnished apartments with strong internet, good lighting, and quiet spaces that are suitable for video lessons. For example, because I travel as a digital nomad with my partner, who is also an online English teacher, we require housing with a separate bedroom (no studios) so we can teach classes simultaneously without interrupting each other’s sessions.

Airbnb offers discounted rates if you stay at a single accommodation for at least a week, and even more so for a month. Additionally, we highly recommend the platform Trusted Housesitters, which consists of pet owners offering their homes to sitters in exchange for taking care of their pets while the owners are out of town. We have found so many sites that align with our travel schedule, and it’s especially great for completely free housing for long-term stays. We’ve completed 18 sits across 13 different countries! As rent is likely the highest cost when living abroad, this has been our great savior.

Daily living expenses vary widely. Eating out in Latin America or Southeast Asia is more affordable, whereas groceries or café visits in European cities can be pricier. Factor in meals, coffee breaks during work, and occasional leisure activities when creating your budget. In some countries, it was significantly more affordable to buy groceries and cook at home for most meals, whereas in others, eating out was more affordable.

Many online English teachers rely on platforms such as PayPal, Wise, or Revolut to receive payments from schools or private students in different countries. Some countries make it easy for foreigners to open local bank accounts, while others require residence permits. Ensuring you have access to reliable banking is crucial to avoid disruptions in income.

Before You Go Checklist:

Begin by verifying the visa requirements and work permits for U.S. citizens or those from your home country, including digital nomad visas if applicable.
Investigate Wi-Fi reliability, co-working spaces, and mobile data as backup options.
Understand the real cost of living, including rent, groceries, and financial logistics.

By planning ahead and doing your homework, teaching English online while traveling can be more than a job, it can be a fulfilling lifestyle. Whether you’re aiming to be a freelance English teacher or building a career through online schools, the correct research beforehand ensures that your next base becomes a home, not just a stopover.

How to Get Started Teaching English Online with No Experience

Matt Mitzel — Mon, 22 Dec 2025 16:01:54 GMT

For many people fresh out of college, the years that follow are all about figuring things out: trying new paths, building independence, and perhaps even seeing a bit of the world. Yet, whenever someone shares their travel plans, it inevitably raises a series of questions: “Wait…are those people rich? Did they get some huge inheritance? How are they traveling so much?” From personal experience, looking back on my life and being asked these questions, the answer to the first two is no. However, the answer to the third question is simple: I obtained a TEFL certification to teach English through International TEFL Academy’s 11-week course.

Following completion of this online certification (from the comfort of my home), I spent 1.5 years teaching English in person in Spain, a little over a year in South Korea, and most recently a year in Türkiye. My partner and I then decided to take the show on the road and dive into online teaching. Since then, we have been teaching online for several companies as private online teachers while traveling around the world for the past 2 years: Europe, Asia, Latin America, and even Antarctica. If you have a TEFL certificate, you can unlock this digital door and begin your adventure today, even with little to no online experience.

People always ask us, are y'all rich? Y'all be traveling all the time. Short answer. We're certainly not rich. In memories, yes, but money, no. We've just been teaching English online the past two years and making moves in the process. It gives us the freedom to work from anywhere while we travel. Cafes in Kyrgyzstan, tea houses in India, houses in Costa Rica, even from a cruise ship to Antarctica. And then we see the world. We didn't need a degree in education or years of experience. Just a laptop, Wi Fi, and the training we got from the International TEFL Academy, and it paid for our travels right away. So what are you waiting for? The world is out there. Get certified and start your adventure.

First Step: Getting TEFL certified

Receiving your TEFL certificate from ITA adequately prepares you for both real-life and digital classroom settings. You will learn how to manage a class, how to prepare, and of course, how to deliver your materials to your students. All that is taught in an ITA class is relevant to any form of teaching that you decide to pursue. With so many courses to choose from, you will learn about anything and everything needed to succeed in this field of work. ITA TEFL Courses Offered:

Full-time and Part-time Online TEFL Courses
In-Person TEFL Courses
Specialty Courses: Test Prep Skills, Teaching English Online

Second Step: Securing a Job

Speaking from experience, I first taught in a Spanish classroom shortly after becoming certified for about 6 months. After returning home, I decided to explore online teaching opportunities with a Chinese company. Once you start looking for an online job, you will realize that there are so many companies to pursue around the world. The hard part isn’t finding a job; it is figuring out which job is best for you.

Depending on where you are based, you need to find a company with students in the time zone that is most attractive to you. For example, many companies are driven by an East Asian demographic. This generally means that you are responsible for working after 5 pm in Beijing and Seoul time zones to cater to children. If you are in a location that requires you to juggle this time zone, it may mean a shift in your overall sleep schedule. We had some Chinese students while we were in Los Angeles, and this made it very difficult to manage a typical 9 am-5 pm day. In fact, we found ourselves working at odd hours to accommodate this schedule.

My tip: look for a company that offers a schedule that works best for you. If you are a night owl or someone who is flexible to work at odd hours, then you are open to more companies than someone who is tied to a “normal” schedule. If you are overwhelmed by the task of finding a job and sifting through the numerous available companies, then the International TEFL Academy is your best friend. With extensive Job Search Guidance resources, you will find all the companies in front of you with outlined pros/cons to each. ITA puts the information out there.

Don’t worry if you don't have online experience; companies primarily want to see your credentials (a bachelor’s degree/TEFL certification, although some companies don’t require either of these) and relevant experience. So, be sure to outline these in the application process. I was hired for my classroom experience and work with children, with no prior online experience. Once you hone in on a specific company, be prepared to record a demo lesson that showcases your energy, style, and, of course, your delivery of the required material. Don’t worry, and give it your all. Don’t forget to smile!

Third Step: Transitioning to the Online Classroom

Now that you have your first online position, you may be wondering: How could in-person teaching lead to success in the digital classroom? At first, I was wary and anxious about how my prior TEFL Spanish experience and my course knowledge would translate to the digital classroom. Long story short, it translates perfectly because the teaching is the teaching. While you are with your student(s) in a digital setting, you can still do just about everything you would in a normal class to effectively get your material across. You remain responsible for maintaining your students’ attention and ensuring effective learning. Okay, you cannot see the entire body of your student, but it doesn’t matter. Act as you would in a normal classroom, but do it via webcam. Depending on your company or whether you are using independent resources, you can still write on the screen, show videos with screen sharing, and, of course, be creative with games.

Fortunately, many major online platforms provide the materials for you, making preparation as simple as selecting a lesson to teach. Additionally, there are so many resources on the web for you to use for free if you don’t want to pay for a subscription. You are not responsible for printing this; instead, share it digitally during class or after via email. Your computer is equipped to provide a fun and engaging classroom for your students.

If you want more support in the world of online teaching, I can’t stress enough the importance of exploring ITA’s available courses, which will prepare you for a life as a digital instructor. You will find a plethora of resources and tips to help you succeed. ITA prepared me well for life in Spanish, Korean, and Turkish classrooms; it can do the same for you in online teaching preparation.

Pro tip: Read my tips for Lesson Planning on the Go: My Quick and Flexible Approach

Fourth Step: The TEFL Digital Nomad's Checklist

ENSURE YOU HAVE PROPER GEAR: If you want to use online teaching as a way to travel the world, you need to be mindful of how to do it logistically. As an online teacher, your computer and headset are your best friends and must travel with you everywhere. Before leaving home, ensure your computer can handle the demands of being abroad. We recommend upgrading if you have an older, slower computer. The last thing you want is for your computer to break down and then be responsible for fixing it abroad. Based on our experience in over 68 countries, we have found that electronics are always more expensive abroad. Unless you want to worry about shopping around in another country and navigating a different language, have this squared away before traveling abroad.
MAKE SURE WIFI IS RELIABLE: Once you have all your tools in order, you need to be extremely mindful of the WiFi situation in the place you are traveling. No internet means no work, which means no money! We prefer Airbnb for our accommodation needs and carefully review the property's comments on internet speed. Additionally, if you prefer to work in a cafe, you should recheck the reviews to ensure the internet is reliable. The last thing you want is for the internet to be spotty or unreliable. Speaking from experience, we have had to move classes or cancel because the internet couldn’t support online teaching. Avoid this headache altogether by knowing the internet situation before you arrive. Once you have all of this in order, you are ready to take your laptop and get out to see the world!
TEACHING MATERIALS: When it comes to teaching materials, it’s important to have more than just a lesson idea in your head. Whether you’re working with a company’s curriculum or designing your own, you’ll want to back it up with props and visual aids —like flashcards, a whiteboard, or digital slides — that bring your lessons to life. On top of that, having resources for placement tests or level checks helps you understand where each student is starting from, while feedback and assessment templates make it easy to track progress and show students how far they’ve come.
HAVE FUN: Teaching English online has not only allowed me to build a flexible, fulfilling career—it’s opened the door to a lifestyle I never imagined possible. With just a laptop, a TEFL certificate from the International TEFL Academy, and a willingness to adapt and learn, I’ve been able to live and work across multiple continents, meet incredible students from all over the world, and experience cultures in a truly meaningful way.

If you’re dreaming of a life with more freedom, adventure, and purpose, online teaching might be the path for you. Whether you’re planning to stay in one place or take your classroom on the road, the tools, training, and support from ITA will prepare you every step of the way. So don’t wait for the “perfect time” or the “right experience.” Start now, take the leap, and see just how far your TEFL certificate can take you. The world is out there—go teach it!

Go Further:

Which TEFL Advanced Specialty Course is Right For You? Take Our Quiz

Seamus McMahon — Wed, 03 Dec 2025 23:45:01 GMT

Whether you're looking to sharpen your teaching skills further or enhance your expertise in a niche market of teaching English, International TEFL Academy offers multiple Advanced Specialty Courses to build your TEFL resume. This quiz is designed to help you find the perfect course or courses to add to your TEFL certification.

Thinking of taking multiple courses? You can bundle our specialty courses with or without a TEFL certification course and save $75-$125.

Go Further:

Which International TEFL Academy Course is Best For You? Take Our Quiz

Seamus McMahon — Wed, 12 Nov 2025 21:35:22 GMT

Deciding on the right TEFL certification course is a big personal decision. Our quiz is designed to help you find the perfect International TEFL Academy course for your goals and career teaching English overseas and online.

Have an idea of which TEFL course you should take? Your personalized advising and support start now - click here to get in touch with our Admissions Team.

Go Further:

Top 10 Digital Nomad-Friendly Cities for Online English Teachers

Perlie Yang — Thu, 30 Oct 2025 16:11:24 GMT

Teaching English online has unlocked a lifestyle that many only dream of: the ability to earn a steady income while exploring the world. No longer tied to a single classroom or office, online English teachers can turn cafes, co-working spaces, or even a quiet Airbnb balcony into their workplace. Obtaining my TEFL certification through International TEFL Academy’s online 11-week course in 2020 was a life-changing decision, as it has allowed me to blend my teaching career with my passion for travel.

Picture this: you finish your last online English lesson of the day, close your laptop, and step outside to the sound of tango music floating through the streets of Buenos Aires. Or maybe you log off in Kuala Lumpur and head straight for a street food market just around the corner. The beauty of being an online English teacher is that the world doesn’t just become your classroom… it becomes your home.

The Best Cities for Digital Nomads

With the world at your fingertips, how do you decide where to go? As an online English teacher who has been bouncing around the world for the past two years, I’ll share some tips and tricks for navigating the digital nomad lifestyle. From my personal research and experience, here are 10 of the best cities for online English teachers who want to live the digital nomad dream:

1.Almaty, Kazakhstan

📌 OVERVIEW

💸 Avg. monthly cost of living expenses: $600 to $1,100 USD

🛂 Visa: Visa-free for up to 30 days

✅ Great for: Nature Lovers and Outdoor Adventurers

Almaty is a city where mornings start with the crisp air of snow-peaked mountains and end with relaxing walks through leafy parks. The pace is calm, the scenery is breathtaking, and the city’s growing café and coworking scene makes it surprisingly easy to find a comfortable spot for teaching online. Being based in Kazakhstan is ideal for teachers with students based in Asian countries, as the time zones better align if you prefer not to have classes in the middle of the night. Monthly living costs range from $600 to $1,100 USD, covering a cozy apartment, groceries, and transportation.

U.S. citizens can enter Kazakhstan visa-free for up to 30 days, which is perfect for a short-term stay. Internet connectivity is reliable in modern apartments and coworking spaces, and even in local cafés. While the expat and nomad community may be smaller than in other regions, hiking groups and language exchanges help you plug into city life quickly. Almaty is ideal for teachers who want quiet workdays, with weekends spent exploring the surrounding mountains and lakes.

2. Buenos Aires, Argentina

📌 OVERVIEW

💸 Avg. monthly cost of living expenses: $900–$1,400 USD

🛂 Visa: Visa-free for up to 90 days

✅ Great for: Foodies & Nightlife Enthusiasts

Walking through Buenos Aires feels like stepping into a living museum, with its grand European-style architecture, vibrant street art, and the rhythm of tango in the air. If you’re a steak-lover like me, this city is the place for you. Three hours ahead of the East Coast in the U.S., having your base in Argentina can be ideal if you prefer to sleep in and have slow mornings, but don’t mind potentially working until evening. Luckily, Buenos Aires is the perfect city for night owls, as you can easily find people at cafes and restaurants well after midnight.

A monthly budget of $900–$1,400 USD will comfortably cover rent, food, and public transport. The internet is fast, fiber connections are widely available, and coworking spaces cater to remote workers. Buenos Aires has a robust expat community, making networking, socializing, and finding fellow nomads easy. U.S. citizens can enter Argentina visa-free for up to 90 days, which is ideal for establishing a productive routine without the immediate concern of visa requirements.

3.Bogotá, Colombia

📌 OVERVIEW

💸 Avg. monthly cost of living expenses: $800–$1,200 USD

🛂 Visa: Visa-free for up to 90 days

✅ Great for: Coffee Aficionados & Museum Lovers

Bogotá sits high in the Andes, with its cool climate and cultural richness providing a dynamic backdrop for online teaching. Neighborhoods like Chapinero and Usaquén are dotted with cafés and coworking spaces, perfect for logging in to your lessons. The average monthly cost of living ranges from $800–$1,200 USD, allowing you easy access to charming nearby towns or even short flights to other large Colombian cities on the weekends. Colombia’s time zone is also ideal for teachers with students based in the U.S.

U.S. citizens can enter visa-free for up to 90 days, and Colombia also offers a digital nomad visa for longer-term stays. Fiber internet is common in modern apartments, and the city’s expat scene provides ample opportunities to connect with fellow teachers and nomads.

4. Cusco, Peru

📌 OVERVIEW

💸 Avg. monthly cost of living expenses: $700 to $1,100 USD

🛂 Visa: Visa-free for up to 183 days

✅ Great for: Adventure Trekkers & Spiritual Seekers

Cusco offers the unique charm of ancient Incan architecture alongside modern amenities for remote work. Picture teaching lessons online with a view of cobblestone streets and vibrant markets, then heading out to the iconic Machu Picchu for the weekend. The average monthly cost of living ranges from $700 to $1,100 USD, making it possible to enjoy both cultural experiences and daily living without straining your budget.

U.S. citizens can stay in Peru visa-free for up to 183 days, so you have plenty of time to immerse yourself in the city’s culture. Make sure to research wifi and internet speeds through reviews for cafes you’ll be working in or Airbnbs you’ll be living out of. Cusco is ideal for teachers seeking a blend of history, mountains, and a slower-paced lifestyle.

5. Guangzhou, China

📌 OVERVIEW

💸 Avg. monthly cost of living expenses: $600–$800 USD

🛂 Visa: Visa-free for up to 10 days; standard tourist visa for up to 90 days

✅ Great for: Food Adventurers & Cultural Historians

Guangzhou is a sprawling metropolis where modern skyscrapers meet traditional markets. As an online teacher, the city offers solid infrastructure, including high-speed fiber internet and numerous coworking spaces. Living and eating costs in China are very affordable compared to other East Asian countries, ranging from $600–$800 USD per month, and apartments and amenities match the big-city feel.

Visa requirements, however, are stricter: U.S. citizens can either stay in the country for 10 days without a visa or they can apply for a standard tourist visa, which allows stays of 30 to 90 days and can be kept for up to 10 years with multiple entries. Guangzhou is ideal for teachers seeking a fast-paced urban environment with reliable connectivity and rich culinary experiences.

6. Santiago, Chile

📌 OVERVIEW

💸 Avg. monthly cost of living expenses: $1,000–$1,500 USD

🛂 Visa: Visa-free for up to 90 days

✅ Great for: Wine Lovers & Mountain Adventurers

Santiago combines modern city life with the stunning backdrop of the Andes. Weekdays are spent teaching from chic apartments or coworking spaces, while weekends can be dedicated to hiking, skiing, or wine tasting in nearby valleys. Monthly costs in Santiago range from $1,000 to $1,500 USD.

U.S. citizens can enter Chile visa-free for up to 90 days, with extensions available for longer stays. The Internet is strong, and coworking spaces are widely available, so you can have a variety of options for where you want to teach.

7. San Salvador, El Salvador

📌 OVERVIEW

💸 Avg. monthly cost of living expenses: $800–$1,200 USD

🛂 Visa: Visa-free for up to 90 days

✅ Great for: Volcano Hikers & Surfers

San Salvador, the capital of El Salvador, offers a mix of modern urban life, historic charm, and easy access to nature. After a morning of teaching online, you can explore colorful markets, visit local museums, or take a short drive to volcanoes and black-sand beaches for a weekend escape. Monthly costs are affordable, typically $800–$1,200 USD for apartments, food, and transportation.

U.S. citizens can enter El Salvador visa-free for up to 90 days, and digital nomad visas are also an option for longer stays. Internet speeds are solid in modern apartments and coworking spaces, and cafés across the city provide reliable options for online classes. The expat community is growing, and there are meetups and networking opportunities for teaching nomads and remote workers. San Salvador is ideal for online English teachers who want a balance of city amenities, outdoor adventure, and a cost-effective lifestyle.

8. Warsaw, Poland

📌 OVERVIEW

💸 Avg. monthly cost of living expenses: $1,400–$2,000 USD

🛂 Visa: Visa-free for up to 90 days in the Schengen Zone

✅ Great for: History Buffs & Classical Music Lovers

Warsaw blends historic charm with modern convenience, and Polish cuisine is so underrated. Teaching online here means having cobblestone streets, café-lined avenues, and green parks as your backdrop. Monthly living costs range from $1,400–$2,000 USD, which covers apartments in central districts with reliable fiber internet. Coworking spaces and cafés are abundant in the city, creating ideal work environments.

U.S. citizens can enter Poland visa-free for up to 90 days under the Schengen Agreement, with the option to travel freely across much of Europe during that period (but note that you cannot exceed 90 days in the entire zone within a 180-day period). Warsaw is a great base for teachers whose students are primarily in Europe or who want a mix of history, culture, and dependable infrastructure.

9. Mexico City, Mexico

📌 OVERVIEW

💸 Avg. monthly cost of living expenses: $1,200–$1,800 USD

🛂 Visa: Visa-free for up to 180 days

✅ Great for: Foodies & Art Lovers

The largest city in North America, Mexico City, pulses with energy, from its street food vendors to museums and parks. If you don’t mind eating tacos on a daily basis like I do, this place is perfect for you! Living costs average $1,200–$1,800 USD per month, depending on the neighborhood and lifestyle. U.S. citizens enjoy visa-free entry for up to 180 days, giving plenty of time to settle into a routine. Neighborhoods like Roma and Condesa are particularly popular for nomads, offering cafés, coworking spaces, and social opportunities. The city is perfect for teachers seeking a vibrant cultural hub while maintaining easy access to North American time zones.

10. Kaş, Turkey

📌 OVERVIEW

💸 Avg. monthly cost of living expenses: $700–$1,200 USD

🛂 Visa: Visa-free for up to 90 days

✅ Great for: Relaxation Seekers & Water Sports Lovers

Perched on Turkey’s stunning Mediterranean coast, Kaş is a hidden gem for online English teachers seeking a slower-paced environment surrounded by natural beauty. Teaching lessons from a balcony overlooking turquoise waters, or from a local café, feels like a dream. Monthly living costs are very reasonable, ranging from $700–$1,200 USD, covering cozy apartments, groceries, and transportation.

U.S. citizens can enter Turkey visa-free for up to 90 days; if you plan to stay longer, extensions or residence permits are available. The internet is generally reliable in town, especially in modern apartments and cafés, though some smaller guesthouses may have slower connections. Just keep in mind that Kaş is not a large city like the others on this list! While the expat and nomad community is smaller than in major cities, it’s tight-knit and welcoming, with opportunities to meet fellow travelers and remote workers. Kaş is ideal for teachers seeking a blend of ocean views, outdoor activities such as diving or hiking, and a laid-back lifestyle.

Learn More:

How Do Online English Teachers Get Paid?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Wed, 29 Oct 2025 17:44:56 GMT

Most online English teachers are paid through secure services like PayPal, Venmo, Wise, Stripe, Zelle, or bank transfer. If you work for a company, pay is typically hourly, with beginners earning around $10–$20 USD per hour. As you gain experience and receive positive reviews, you may become eligible for bonuses, higher rates, or referral rewards.

Here’s a more detailed breakdown of the most common payment structures:

1. How Do Online Teaching Companies Like Cambly, EF, & Preply Pay English Teachers?

Hourly pay: Most companies pay a set rate per hour (usually $10–$25/hour - regardless of how long classes are).
Per lesson/minute: Some platforms pay per minute taught (e.g., Cambly pays ~$0.17/minute, which is the equivalent of $10.20 per hour).
Bonuses & raises: You can earn extra or even a raise for achieving a threshold for teaching hours, high ratings/reviews from student, or referrals.
Payment methods: Typically via PayPal, Payoneer, or direct bank transfer (available on a monthly or biweekly basis).

NOTE: While $10-$20 per hour is standard pay for first-time online English teachers, you will definitely have opportunities to make more as you gain experience and loyal students. According to Becca Largacha, who is an International TEFL Academy graduate and staff member, and has been teaching English online for more than five years:

"I currently make $50 to give a one-hour class. It's $25 for the actual instruction, and then I'm given a $25 an hour bonus for my lesson planning. This is year 4 with that class, so my lesson planning takes me about 10 minutes. But when I started, I was in that $10 to $20 hour range. Now I'm more in the $40 to $50 an hour."

- ITA advisor Becca Largacha - Teaches English Online

Examples of First-Time Online ESL Teacher Salary at Online Companies:

Online ESL Companies	Salary
Beyond English	$14-17 USD per hour taught for U.S. teachers
Cambly	$0.17c per minute ($10-$20 per hour)
Open English	Up to $15 per hour
Engoo	$11 per hour
English2Go	$11-$12 USD per hour starting rate
FluentBe	$10 per hour
VIPKid	$14 per hour

Looking for more online ESL companies? View our Teach English Online Employer Comparison Chart to compare hourly rates of pay in $USD across a more comprehensive list of online ESL schools.

2. How Do Freelance English Teachers Get Paid on Platforms Like italki & AmazingTalker?

Teachers set their own rates (usually $10 - $40 per hour)
The platform takes a commission (10%–30%).
Payment is processed through the platform and sent to the teacher (usually via PayPal, Payoneer, or bank transfer).

3. How Do Online English Teachers Get Paid by Private Students?

Teachers recruit their own students (through social media, referrals, ads, or websites).
They can use payment systems like PayPal, Wise, Stripe, Zelle, or direct bank transfers.
Pay Rates are usually higher since there’s no platform fee (but it requires more effort to market yourself and handle admin).
Make sure you have clear refund and cancellation policies in place to avoid confusion or friction should issues arise. These policies should include:
- Required notice period for cancellations (e.g., 24 hours).
- Policy for late arrivals.
- Conditions for refunds (e.g., technical issues vs. no-shows).

4. Schools or Agencies That Hire Remote Teachers as Employees (Not Independent Contractors)

Some online schools hire English teachers as employees rather than independent contractors.
Teachers often receive a salary (fixed monthly pay) rather than per-hour pay.
Payment is usually through direct deposit; sometimes, employees may receive additional benefits.

Additional Tips for Getting Paid as a Virtual English Teacher

Currency: Online English teachers are typically paid in U.S. dollars, regardless of where the teacher is working, or where the company or student is based.
Taxes: Teachers are usually independent contractors (not employees), so they’re responsible for filing their own taxes. Americans should consult a tax professional or the IRS for questions regarding your personal situation.
Payment frequency: This depends on the platform — some pay weekly, others biweekly or monthly.
Cost of Living in Different Countries - If you are planning to teach English online as a Digital Nomad, check out the ITA TEFL Country Comparison Chart to learn more about cost-of-living, start-up costs, and salaries for English teachers in more than 60 countries. You can also use websites like Numbeo to learn even more about living costs, such as rent, food, and travel.

Boost Your Online Teaching Skills Set & Marketability with Advanced Teaching English Online Training

Specialized training in online English teaching can sharpen your virtual classroom management skills and help you use teaching tools more effectively—making you stand out to employers and potentially boosting your earning power. ITA’s 2-week, 30-hour Teaching English Online Specialty Course gives you the knowledge and certificate you need to attract students and navigate the online teaching market with confidence.

Go further:

From Students to Staff: Alumni that Joined the ITA Team

info@InternationalTEFLAcademy.com (International TEFL Academy) — Tue, 22 Jul 2025 20:41:35 GMT

To celebrate 50,000 ITA graduates and our 15th anniversary, we're turning the spotlight on ITA team members who began their journeys as students. Learn about how their teaching abroad experiences fostered self-discovery, helped them in their roles today, and the advice they'd give their younger selves, bringing their ITA journeys full circle!

Meet Becca Largacha

📍 Current Location: Florida

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2019

🏢 Current Role: Admissions Advisor/Director of Partnerships/Online English Teacher

What sparked your initial interest in becoming TEFL certified and teaching abroad or online?
Like many others in our community, I’ve always had a love for travel and a strong desire to live abroad. Initially, TEFL was a long-term retirement strategy, but after some life changes realized there was no need to wait. I decided to shift my timeline and go for it sooner rather than later.

Tell us about your teaching experiences abroad. Where did you teach abroad?
I began my teaching journey in Costa Rica, where I worked with a local NGO. At the same time, I started teaching business English online to supplement my income and gain broader experience. After that, I moved to Chile, where I continued teaching online and also took on private tutoring clients. Although I'm currently based in the U.S., I’ve continued teaching online, which has allowed me to stay connected with students from throughout Latin America. Now, I’m excited to begin my next adventure in Colombia, where I'll be spending time each year AND continuing to teach online.

What was the biggest challenge you faced living or teaching abroad, and how did you overcome it?
One of the most significant challenges I faced while living and teaching abroad was managing the growing gap between my growth mindset and an increasing sense of risk aversion that has come with age. I’ve always believed in personal development and embracing challenges as opportunities to learn—but stepping into a new country, with unfamiliar systems, cultural norms, and a lack of predictability, forced me to live entirely outside of my comfort zone. I had to consciously work through my instinct to seek control or stability. I leaned into fear of the unknown by focusing on adaptability and problem-solving. I reminded myself that growth often comes from discomfort, and I made space to laugh at the absurdities and learn from the setbacks. Resilience isn’t about always feeling confident or fearless—it’s about staying flexible, grounded, and open-minded even when things are unclear or difficult. Living abroad reaffirmed my ability to adapt and maintain a sense of adventure.

How did you immerse yourself in the local culture outside of teaching?
I met my Colombian husband while living in Chile. Becoming part of his large, warm family has given me a deep and authentic experience of Latin American culture. While in South America, I'm so fortunate to live 100% as a local, fully embraced by my community and immersed in the vibrant culture.

What were your biggest personal takeaways or "aha!" moments from teaching abroad?
One of my biggest personal takeaways from teaching abroad was realizing just how courageous it is to fully embrace this lifestyle. Traveling is one thing—but actually living day-to-day in another country, away from everything familiar, is an entirely different experience. I remember the initial fear and uncertainty - heck, I still deal with it sometimes, and truly understand what our students are going through. That perspective has made me more empathetic and supportive in my current role at ITA. I have realized how much of my life has been spent working long hours in an office just to earn two weeks of vacation a year. Teaching and living overseas made it clear—that trade-off wasn't worth it. This lifestyle isn’t always easy, but I’ve never felt more alive, connected, and in alignment with what truly matters to me. It reshaped my priorities and made me passionate about helping others take this leap, knowing how life-changing it can be.

Did you experience 'reverse culture shock' upon returning home?
Since living abroad, I have found it difficult to readjust to the fast-paced lifestyle, the individualistic culture, and, especially, the high cost of living in the US. In South America, it’s still possible to have mind-blowing experiences—like hiking through breathtaking mountains or staying in remote nature preserves—without breaking the bank. I can eat fresh, healthy, homemade meals at local restaurants for a fraction of what a similar meal would cost in the U.S. Life feels more connected to nature, to people, and to balance. While there are certainly things I appreciate about the US, I prefer simplicity, accessibility, and a sense of everyday adventure.

If you could offer one piece of advice, a mindset shift, or a practical tip to yourself just before moving abroad to teach English, what would it be?
Finding success in this lifestyle requires a healthy mix of strong organizational skills and the ability to go with the flow. There are definitely logistical and bureaucratic hurdles—visas, housing, job searches—that demand planning and structure. But at the same time, things rarely go exactly as planned, and that’s when flexibility and a positive mindset become essential. Being able to pivot, adapt, and not let setbacks derail you is key. I’d also tell myself to definitely take the Teach English Online Specialty Course, lol! Seriously. It wasn’t even on my radar until I spoke with my advisor, and it turned out to be one of the best investments I’ve made. It gave me the flexibility and freedom to earn an income from anywhere and has opened doors I didn’t even know existed.

Throwback: Watch Becca's Takeover

Meet Kristi Skinner

📍 Current Location: San Diego

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2014

🏢 Current Role: Admissions Advisor

What sparked your initial interest in becoming TEFL certified and teaching abroad or online?
While off on your stereotypical post-grad Eurotrip, I was busy making friends and helping them get around using English. In most places I traveled, people spoke at least a little English, so I naturally stepped in to help. One day, a friend turned to me and said, “You know you’re really good at this, right? You could actually get paid to do it!” I hadn’t even realized it, but I wasn’t just helping them with day-to-day stuff—I was teaching them English. And I loved it!

Tell us about your teaching experience(s) abroad. Where did you teach abroad?
I’ve had the incredible opportunity to teach English in pretty much every way possible! In Madrid, Spain, I led conversation classes in cozy cafés, helping learners gain confidence in real-life situations. Through the JET Program in Japan, I taught at six different elementary and middle schools and even volunteered with the local community—my oldest student was 93 years old! In Brazil, I worked at a private language school for children where I wore many hats: teaching, designing curriculum, training teachers, writing educational songs, and even painting murals. It felt like all my childhood dreams came to life in one place! I’ve also taught English online to students aged 3 to 50. From playful games with kids to conversation practice with teens, and coaching adults for exams, resumes, and interviews—I’ve done it all. I even worked with the world’s first virtual reality English teaching company!

What was the biggest challenge you faced living or teaching abroad, and how did you overcome it?
Language misunderstandings—like not getting the food I thought I ordered, confusion during doctor’s appointments, or just struggling to express myself the way I wanted—were a regular part of life abroad. But those moments taught me patience and gave me a deeper understanding of what my students experience. They also helped me let go of perfectionism. Things won’t always go as planned, and that’s okay—because those unexpected moments are often where the real growth happens.

How did you immerse yourself in the local culture outside of teaching?
Wherever I lived, I made it a point to take cooking and dance classes. It was an incredible way to connect with locals, immerse myself in the culture, and even pick up new languages along the way! I highly recommend diving into old or new hobbies and joining local classes. You’ll gain new skills, make lifelong friendships, and feel much more at home—no matter where you are in the world.

What were your biggest personal takeaways or "aha!" moments from teaching abroad?
Teaching English abroad pushed me far outside my comfort zone—in the best way possible. Making the decision to chase my dream of living and working overseas wasn’t easy, but it remains one of the best choices I’ve ever made! It opened the door to countless opportunities for growth and self-discovery. After giving a speech in Japanese, on stage, in front of 700 Japanese people—while battling vertigo—I truly believe I can handle anything life throws my way!

Did you experience 'reverse culture shock' upon returning home?
Every time! It’s so nice being back home and spending time with friends and family—but everywhere I’ve lived, I’ve built a second family with the amazing people I’ve met along the way. A little piece of my heart stays in each place. What do I miss most? The people, the food, and—believe it or not—the public transportation. One of the best parts: I now have friends all over the world, and there’s always someone happy to host me when the travel bug bites again!

If you could offer one piece of advice, a mindset shift, or a practical tip to yourself just before moving abroad to teach English, what would it be?
Do the thing you are supposed to do in the place you are supposed to do it! If you're debating whether to go for something new, ask yourself: Will I wonder “what if” later on? If there's even the slightest chance, the answer is yes—go for it! I'd rather live a life full of experiences than spend my days wondering about missed opportunities. What about you?

Meet Sandra Wagner

📍 Current Location: Florida

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2016

🏢 Current Role: Admissions Advisor/Sales Enablement

What sparked your initial interest in becoming TEFL certified and teaching abroad or online?
I recently went on a trip with a non-profit group, and while I was there, I met so many incredible young people. At the end of the trip, a few of them casually invited me to join them for two weeks in Spain—and then Italy! I was like, “Wait, how can you all travel for so long and not worry about your jobs?” That’s when they told me they were English teachers. I asked, “Oh, like teachers in the U.S.?” And they said, “No, we’re certified English language teachers—we teach online and abroad!” As soon as I got home, I started googling “#1 job to live abroad,” and teaching English kept showing up again and again. That’s when it clicked. I thought, This is it! And down the research rabbit hole I went!

Tell us about your teaching experience(s) abroad. Where did you teach abroad?
I taught English in Taiwan, and initially, I only planned to stay for one year. But every time I hit the 6-month mark, my school would ask, “Do you want to go home in 6 months or renew your contract?” And honestly, that’s when I was finally starting to feel comfortable, so I kept saying yes. I had a bucket list of dream countries I wanted to visit, and I started checking them off during every national holiday and vacation. I loved the rhythm of it—living somewhere affordable, working a meaningful job, and having a new adventure planned every 3 months. And on top of all that? I paid off two credit cards, opened my first-ever savings account, got a financial planner, and even started an investment account. For the first time, I felt in control of both my life and my finances.

What was the biggest challenge you faced living or teaching abroad, and how did you overcome it?
Not being able to read anything and not loving the local food hit me harder than I expected—it was a bigger culture shock than I was prepared for. I started cooking more at home, had my family send me spices, and figured out where to buy familiar foods from America. Some nights, I’d watch Gilmore Girls, eat Oreos, and pretend I was back in the U.S. in my little apartment. But once I started adding in things I loved doing back home—like taking jewelry-making classes, going to yoga, and finding restaurants that reminded me of home—everything slowly started to feel easier. It wasn’t perfect right away, but around the three-month mark, things started to fall into place. It just took some effort, time, and giving myself the space to adjust and build a life that blended the new with the familiar.

How did you immerse yourself in the local culture outside of teaching?
The local language assistants were amazing—they helped me find fun things like video game events, showed me how to buy train tickets, and genuinely wanted to be friends. Other alumni were also super helpful; they’d take me to their favorite hangout spots and explain local holidays so I could understand what was going on around me. I also started saving posts on Instagram of places and events that caught my eye—things like handmade markets, Korean beauty shops, and other familiar favorites from back home. That helped me figure out what was coming up and where to go. Often, I was the only foreigner at these events, and people were always surprised that I even knew about them. I just made a list of everything I wanted to try and slowly started checking it off. It made me feel more connected and gave me a sense of adventure in everyday life.

What were your biggest personal takeaways or "aha!" moments from teaching abroad?
It wasn’t just one moment—it was a series of experiences that added up. Especially during those fight-or-flight situations where I had to solve problems quickly and on my own. That’s when it hit me: no one else was going to fix things for me. If I didn’t advocate for myself, no one would. Once I truly understood that, everything shifted. I started standing up for myself, trusting my instincts, and speaking up. I became more confident—not just in everyday life, but also in the classroom. I knew my worth, and that made me a stronger teacher and a stronger person.

Did you experience 'reverse culture shock' upon returning home?
Yes, I did. I don’t talk about it much, but coming home was one of the most challenging times of my life—almost harder than going abroad in the first place. Friends had moved on, life felt completely different, and I realized I didn’t think the same way as everyone around me anymore. I wanted more—more purpose, more growth—and suddenly, I didn’t feel like I fit in. I felt lost. I didn’t feel safe or grounded. It’s been 2 ½, almost 3 years now, and I’m still not 100%. But I’m finally starting to feel like myself again. Therapy helped. New friendships helped. Slowly reconnecting with things I genuinely enjoy has helped. Healing isn’t linear, but I’m getting there—and I know I’m not alone in that.

If you could offer one piece of advice, a mindset shift, or a practical tip to yourself just before moving abroad to teach English, what would it be?
If I could go back and give myself some advice before moving abroad, I’d say this: Take it seriously. Don’t just show up and hope things fall into place. Learn about the country before you go—its history, culture, and values. Make the effort to study the language, even just the basics. It’ll make daily life easier and help you connect more deeply with people. And most of all, don’t just “go with the flow.” Be intentional. Put yourself out there. Try. The more effort you put in, the more meaningful and transformative the experience will be.

Throwback: Watch Sandra's Takeover

Meet Ambrosia Maddox

📍 Current Location: Chicago

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2018

🏢 Current Role: Admissions Advisor at International TEFL Academy

What sparked your initial interest in becoming TEFL certified and teaching abroad or online?
I have been in the world of international education since 2013, and the Peace Corps initially sparked my interest in teaching abroad! Peace Corps attended a career fair at my university, and I enjoyed how different their professional opportunities were compared to the other employers attending the career fair (they were the only ones that weren't pushing the typical 9-to-5 office job). They were adventurous and offered professional growth, the chance to travel, and live abroad. They were opening doors to possibilities that I never thought were possible for me. I taught English as a foreign language in Gori, Georgia, at a public school through the Peace Corps, then moved to Zhengzhou, China, and taught English and American Culture Studies at a private boarding school. I had an English degree, but I always felt as though I could be a better teacher and that I was doing a disservice to my students by not receiving formal training specifically for teaching English as a foreign language. I also wanted to make my life easier by not constantly second-guessing myself in my role as an educator, and I knew I needed to get certified in order to feel absolutely confident.

Tell us about your teaching experience(s) abroad. Where did you teach abroad?
I taught General English Education in Gori, Georgia, at a public school through the Peace Corps. My students in Georgia were in grades 2 through 11. I taught Conversational English and American Culture Studies at a private boarding school in Zhengzhou, China. My students in China were in grades 7 and 8. I moved to Uijeongbu, South Korea, in May 2020 and taught TOEFL Exam Test Prep English studies to students in grades 4 through 9. While in South Korea, I also taught online during the pandemic as well as after. I currently teach online part-time, and I assist my students with TOEFL exam test preparation.

What was the biggest challenge you faced living or teaching abroad, and how did you overcome it?
I loved living abroad, so I didn't face many challenges while doing so. If I had to classify something as a challenge, I'd say missing events back home was difficult when I initially first moved abroad. I was just out of college, and many of my college friends still lived near each other, spending time together, which made me sad to miss out on back then. However, there were so many opportunities for adventure, new friends, trying new foods and activities, that my focus was typically on what was in front of me while living abroad. Plus, my friends back home seemed to always be so interested in what I was doing and where I was going, because forging this new path was exciting to them as well!

How did you immerse yourself in the local culture outside of teaching?
I'd immerse myself in the local culture by saying "yes" all of the time. If a neighbor invited me to make traditional Chinese dumplings at her house during the Spring Festival, I said 'yes'. If a student's family invited me for lunch on a weekend, I said 'yes'. If a local stopped me at a historical site and asked for a photo with me, I said 'yes'. If a colleague asked me to have dinner at a traditional Korean restaurant after work, I said 'yes'. Wherever I go, I choose to live as though I will only pass through this place one time, so if an opportunity knocks for me to have experiences and make connections, I always say 'yes', and it has added so many memories and colorful stories to my life.

What were your biggest personal takeaways or "aha!" moments from teaching abroad?
I've had a lot of learning moments while living abroad. When I moved to Georgia in the Peace Corps, it was my first time being outside of the United States and my third time being outside of my state (Indiana). So, everything was new to me. I was shocked that Coca-Cola and Peanut M&M's existed in Europe. Anytime I saw a product from back in the States, I was initially surprised to see it because it was like having little bits of familiarity in my new reality. Ultimately, I learned that no matter which country I was in, a lot of places are the same - people want to have a happy life and have dreams that they are working toward, they love meeting new people, food is a huge part of culture, and the world is more similar and connected that my mind ever would have imagined had I never left Indiana. Now, when I think of the world, I think of the entire world. I think of the people I've seen in the United Arab Emirates, Thailand, Germany, China, Turkey, and other countries. When I consider what is going on in the world, my view doesn't only consider the United States; I think of everyone.

Did you experience 'reverse culture shock' upon returning home?
I returned from South Korea when COVID had become more normalized in society, but it was still heavily discussed in day-to-day life. South Korea handled COVID-19 extremely well, and people wore masks in public and couldn't gather in groups of more than 4 to 6 people, depending on whether a variant was circulating. When I returned to the United States, people weren't wearing masks, and they were walking around in huge groups - it was as though life had returned to 2019. That was, undoubtedly, the biggest culture shock. Other culture shocks I experienced were small things, such as accepting my debit card back from the checkout staff with two hands - a habit I had developed in South Korea and still occasionally catch myself doing, even though it's not a tradition in the United States!

If you could offer one piece of advice, a mindset shift, or a practical tip to yourself just before moving abroad to teach English, what would it be?
I would tell myself to live in every moment because time will always move too quickly. You never know when something will be the "last time" you do it. So, you always have to soak in all of the sparkle from these opportunities because it's a gift that not everyone is given.

Meet Abriana Smith

📍 Current Location: New Jersey

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2020

🏢 Current Role: Admissions Advisor at International TEFL Academy

What sparked your initial interest in becoming TEFL certified and teaching abroad or online?
My initial spark for TEFL certification came from a long-standing love of travel and a desire for deeper immersion. While I'd explored many places, I'd never had the opportunity to live abroad long-term or truly connect with local cultures beyond typical tourist experiences. That changed during a backpacking trip to Vietnam right after college. Meeting English teachers there was a real aha moment for me; their ability to travel long-term while making a positive impact and learning firsthand inspired me to take the leap!

Tell us about your teaching experience(s) abroad. Where did you teach abroad?
After getting my TEFL certification, I started teaching online and then moved to Taiwan for a year and a half. I then did some online teaching and private tutoring in Thailand and Cambodia. It truly was a life-changing experience. I’m so grateful for all of the people I’ve met, adventures I’ve had, and lessons I’ve learned both in and outside of the classroom while abroad. I wouldn’t be the same person I am today without the years I’ve spent abroad.

What was the biggest challenge you faced living or teaching abroad, and how did you overcome it? What did that experience reveal about your resilience?
My biggest challenge wasn't in the classroom, but rather the initial hurdle of putting myself out there as a solo traveler. Stepping into new social situations, like walking into a bar alone or striking up a conversation with a stranger, felt intimidating at first. I realized I had to embrace those awkward moments if I wanted to truly connect and experience the culture. I pushed myself out of my comfort zone, and it made all the difference. That experience taught me a ton about resilience. If I can move to the other side of the world and thrive on my own, I know I can handle anything!

How did you immerse yourself in the local culture outside of teaching?
I made it a point to talk to at least one new person every day. I also loved getting involved in the local concert and music scene, which was a fantastic way to connect with people and find community. My favorite cultural experience centers on a close friendship I formed in Taiwan. I was lucky enough to live right above a local bubble tea café. Most days after work, I would sit outside the café with the owner. We mainly used hand signs, music, and Google Translate. It's amazing how much we connected despite me barely speaking Chinese and him barely speaking English.

What were your biggest personal takeaways or "aha!" moments from teaching abroad?
My biggest personal takeaway from teaching abroad was recognizing that there are so many different ways of living and countless perspectives to consider outside of my own. Even if you feel like you grew up totally different from someone else, there is always a shared connection in the human experience. This realization fundamentally shifted my worldview. I learned that the most important things in life are the connections you build and staying curious. Since returning, I’ve prioritized connecting with others and exploring new places that have new lessons to teach me. This overseas experience directly helps me in my current role at ITA. Having been in their shoes, I find it much easier to advise new students. I can offer authentic guidance and support because I understand the journey they are embarking on, as well as the challenges and rewards they will face.

Did you experience 'reverse culture shock' upon returning home?
1000% yes, the reverse culture shock is tough! To be honest, I'm still adjusting to some aspects of coming back. The biggest culture shock was the contrast in daily life. Living abroad, each day felt like an adventure. I was always out after work, exploring and engaging with my surroundings. Here in the U.S., I found myself feeling disconnected and realized we are so often confined indoors and connected to our computers. I missed that spontaneous sense of discovery most, and I try to seek out new adventures and prioritize traveling as much as possible to integrate that vibrant lifestyle back into my life here at home.

If you could offer one piece of advice, a mindset shift, or a practical tip to yourself just before moving abroad to teach English, what would it be?
I would advise myself to embrace every moment, especially when things don't go as planned. Living abroad involves constant surprises, and it’s often those chaotic, unexpected times that make for the best stories and the most meaningful experiences.

Dive deeper into inspiration: Watch the winning videos from our 50K Alumni Contest

Beyond TEFL: Where Our ITA Grads Are Now

info@InternationalTEFLAcademy.com (International TEFL Academy) — Wed, 09 Jul 2025 15:23:54 GMT

As part of our milestone celebration—reaching 50,000 ITA graduates and marking our 15th anniversary —we wanted to catch up with the community that made it all happen: our incredible alumni! Discover how their teaching abroad experiences were a tool for self-discovery and how the skills they gained overseas helped them transition into exciting new careers.

1. Meet Leslie Mendez

📍 Current Location: Orange County, California

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2019

🏢 Current Role: Digital Marketing Coordinator, Centerstone

Tell us about your teaching experience abroad.
I taught abroad in Pisco Elqui, Chile, a remote village in the Andes Mountains through Beyond English Chile (now BeClassmates)! I worked primarily in microcentros, which are multi-level classrooms, where students from 1st to 6th grade are sometimes in the same classroom. I taught pre-k through high school. I’d go to multiple schools a day to make it happen.

What motivated you to get TEFL certified and to teach abroad?
During college, I had the opportunity to travel with my godparents to several countries in Europe & Latin America, and I completely fell in love with traveling. For the first time, I truly understood how different the world is and how important it is to immerse ourselves in different cultures. After finishing my BA in Communications, I worked for a bilingual digital marketing agency that laid me off within a few months. I then decided to fully switch gears and do something that I had always dreamed of — teaching abroad! I knew I wanted to be in a Spanish-speaking country, and when I started googling it, ITA was top-rated, making it an easy decision. I was able to keep it working full-time while getting certified!

What are you up to now?
I taught for several years, but in 2022, I returned to California and am working full-time in marketing for Centerstone, an incredible nonprofit in the behavioral health and substance use disorder space. I am also back at Cal State Fullerton to get my master's degree in Communications! Last year, I served as the Conference Coordinator for PRSSA’s International Conference, where I led a team of students and hosted over 500 attendees, including more than 60 faculty members and 30 speakers. I am also an Accounts Supervisor for Practical Advantage, a student-run public relations and advertising firm where I assist our faculty with mentoring students and guiding their strategic communications campaigns from planning to execution. Finally, I recently got engaged to the love of my life, whom I met just a few months after moving back home! So much has happened, and it’s crazy how it wouldn’t have if I wasn’t living my best life abroad for so long!

How did teaching abroad help you transition into what you currently do?
Living and teaching abroad has SHAPED who I am today! Although I no longer teach, I have learned many interpersonal and soft skills that are essential for working bilingually and biculturally. These experiences taught me how to adapt, communicate effectively across cultures, and stay flexible in new environments. People are often very curious about my time abroad, and it becomes a great conversation starter and professional talking point. Having worked internationally has definitely opened doors for me—especially in a field where cross-cultural understanding, empathy, and global awareness are highly valued. In my current role, being able to bring a global lens to my work is not just helpful, it’s essential.

How has the transition back home been?
It was definitely difficult (everything is so expensive in the US!) and I miss Chile literally every single day of my life, but it’s so good to be home. I really missed my family, and I just got engaged, so overall, I’m really grateful for all the experiences I’ve had that have led me to where I am now. I often reflect on what a privilege it is to be so nostalgic and homesick for multiple places. I was recently in Chile for one of my closest friends’ wedding, and it was wonderful to be back as a tourist and also feel back at home while there.

What did you learn about yourself through your experience(s) abroad? Did it shape career choices or other parts of your life?
Living and teaching abroad taught me more about myself than any job or class ever could. It was HARD but it was the best years of my life. I learned that I’m more adaptable, resourceful, and resilient than I thought. From figuring out the currency, the metro, the slang, and the customs to learning how to be fully on my own, feeling homesick, feeling lonely, feeling scared and imposter syndrome, I really navigated it ALL. I developed confidence in unfamiliar settings, learned to trust my instincts, and gained a deep appreciation for cultures outside my own. My experience abroad also shaped the kind of professional I’ve become—I now lead with empathy, value cross-cultural communication, and bring a global perspective to every project I work on. Furthermore, it gave me a second home, lifelong friendships, and a sense of belonging in more than one place. It truly changed the trajectory of my life and career! During my masters program I’ve also had the opportunity to go abroad once more, this time to Italy, and it was SO EASY for me! I learned the basics of the language and figured it all out so much easier than I would have if i didn’t already have that international experience. Additionally, I keep looking for ways to work in bilingual and bicultural settings, it’s ingrained into who I am now!

Throwback: Watch Leslie's Takeover

2. Meet Donna Shields

📍 Current Location: Oaxaca, Mexico

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2021

🏢 Current Role: Event Director, Oaxaca Food & Wine Festival

Tell us about your teaching experience abroad.
Most of my teaching time was volunteer-based in Oaxaca, where I worked with an organization that prepared young students for higher education.

What motivated you to get TEFL certified and to teach abroad/online?
I knew I wanted to live abroad, at least part-time, and teaching English felt like it would be not only personally rewarding, but a great way to meet local families, get better integrated into the community, and build my social network.

What are you up to now?
As a result of teaching and making lots of local friends, I quickly realized how magical the food culture is in Oaxaca, and I wanted to share it with others. This led to the creation of the Oaxaca Food & Wine Festival. I also work with Expatsi, an organization that assists Americans in relocating abroad. I'm their boots on the ground Oaxaca expert, and I conduct scouting trips when people come to Oaxaca wanting to get the lay of the land. We show them real estate and different neighborhoods to give folks an idea of what it's really like to live, not vacation, in Oaxaca.

How did teaching abroad help you transition into what you currently do?
Since my former career was in the culinary and food industry, I saw an opportunity to create an event that showcased not only Oaxacan cuisine but also the emerging great wines produced in Mexico. People think of mezcal when you say Oaxaca, and though wine is produced in other regions of Mexico (not Oaxaca), it seemed like a logical fit. I've been working on producing the Key West Food & Wine Festival for 17 years, so I already have experience in this type of event planning. We launched our first festival in 2025 and geared up for the February 2026 event.

What did you learn about yourself through your experience(s) abroad? Did it shape career choices or other parts of your life?
The moral of the story is: leverage what you know how to do well and apply it in new situations and places. I'm not fluent in Spanish, but I felt confident that I could utilize my skills to create a new project that would bring me enjoyment and provide work for the locals. I am adamant about using locally owned businesses, translators, and other service providers for the festival.

3. Meet Eric Schenck

📍 Current Location: Puerto Escondido, Mexico

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2015

🏢 Current Role: Marketing Manager / Founder

Tell us about your teaching experience abroad.
I lived in Cairo, Egypt, for three years (2015-2018). During my first two years, I taught English at a school called IH Cairo. I also tutored privately, both on and off, throughout my time in Cairo. Both were great experiences. I moved to Germany after living in Egypt and stayed there from 2018 until the end of 2023. During my first two years, I worked as an English teacher for Berlitz in Düsseldorf.

What motivated you to get TEFL certified and to teach abroad?
I had very vague plans to become a diplomat in the Middle East. I studied Standard Arabic in college for three years and also wanted to learn an Arabic dialect. Egypt seemed like the perfect place to pursue both goals. I ended up ditching the plan to become a diplomat and now work in marketing. I was much more successful with Egyptian Arabic. I now speak the dialect fluently and even started a website teaching foreigners how to do the same.

What are you up to now?
I own two businesses. One helps education businesses increase revenue through their email marketing. The other (my little online baby Cleo Lingo) helps people learn Egyptian Arabic. I currently live in Mexico and am able to visit the U.S. more often than I did during my 8+ years in Egypt and Germany.

How did teaching abroad help you transition into what you currently do?
Too many ways to count. Working as a language teacher has developed a wide range of skills that I still utilize today: public speaking, time management, a curiosity about the world, and the ability to bond with people I don’t know. I also think living abroad for so long has allowed me not to take myself so seriously. This is a hugely underrated skill we can all benefit from. All this has helped me immensely over the last five years of my marketing career. In addition to skills, I also have some interests that I might not have developed if I had never gone abroad. The major areas of interest here are foreign languages, travel, and cultures from around the world.

How has the transition back home been?
I haven't yet moved back to the United States (I’m currently in Mexico, but plan to return in the next 1-2 years). Even so, I have already learned that reverse culture shock is a very real thing. Let’s be honest: it’s hard talking to your average American about life-changing experiences in other countries. Their eyes glaze over. They (usually) don’t show a whole lot of interest. They think you hate the U.S. if you (god forbid) notice certain things you like more about other countries. I’ve experienced all of this with both friends and family over the last ten years of living abroad. It’s not easy. Still, I’m looking forward to moving back to the U.S. at some point. Living abroad is great, and it forces you to grow as a person, but constant discomfort can be draining. I’m sure the transition back to the U.S. will be difficult. But being surrounded by my own culture and seeing my family more often? Definitely worth it.

What did you learn about yourself through your experience living and teaching abroad? Did it shape career choices or other parts of your life?
Without a doubt, moving to Egypt to teach English has been one of the most consequential decisions of my life. And it's not even close. Here is what my life has looked like the last decade: Move to Egypt > learn Egyptian Arabic > start a profitable side business teaching people how to learn Egyptian Arabic > meet my German (ex) girlfriend > move to Germany > stay there five years > learn to surf in Portugal > move to Mexico to be closer to my family (and waves). None of this would have happened if I hadn’t moved to Egypt. And that was only possible because of my TEFL certification. I have no idea what my life would be like if I hadn't taken the leap in 2015. And at this point, it feels so long ago (ten years as of August of 2015) that it doesn't really feel like the same lifetime. But I think that’s a good thing. It means I did something big and bold. Ten years later, that decision to move to Egypt is the thing I’m most proud of. I even wrote a book about it in 2023, The Land Of Nothing You’ve Ever Seen: 10 Stories From My Time In Cairo. As for what I’ve learned about myself? That I’m more resilient than I ever would have thought as a 22-year-old (living in a different place can be really hard). I also learned that I’m quite a curious person. Being surrounded by “different” 24/7 kind of forces you to be!

4. Meet Janessa Ventura-Alvarenga

📍 Current Location: London, Ontario (CA)

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2023

🏢 Current Role: Communications Coordinator

Where did you teach abroad?
I taught abroad in South Korea (2023-2024).

What motivated you to get TEFL certified and to teach abroad/online?
I'd worked as a language assistant in Spain for a year (NALCAP); I worked with adults and enjoyed the experience. As I wanted to feel more confident in my overall teaching skills, I decided to pursue an actual TEFL certification.

What are you up to now?
As my year abroad in Korea was quite challenging, I decided to put my career on pause and return to school to complete a Master's degree. I'm in the final months and will be starting a new position soon as a Communications Coordinator.

How did teaching abroad help you transition into what you currently do?
Having the experience of working abroad helped me in job interviews; I was able to provide examples of how I'm competent in different work sectors, possess various transferable skills, and am adept at adapting to new environments, among other benefits.

What did you learn about yourself through your experience abroad?
I learned how important it is to have a work/life balance. I enjoy living abroad, learning about new cultures, and meeting new people. But I also need the ability to rest in between working and traveling. I don't perform well under heavy work schedules with no breaks. Now that I'm starting over in a new career, I'm really prioritizing taking care of myself more.

5. Meet Jordan Wolff

📍 Current Location: Chicago, USA

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2014

🏢 Job Title: Senior Account Executive (Ed Tech)

Tell us about your experience teaching abroad.
I earned my TEFL certificate in 2014 and used the program’s job resources to secure a teaching position in Gongju, South Korea. I spent a year and a half there, where I met my now wife. Afterward, I followed her to China, where I taught in Beijing, started my own education consulting company, and became a high school principal at an international school in Chengdu. During my five years living in Asia, I had the opportunity to travel extensively and deeply enjoyed experiencing different cultures across the region. International TEFL Academy launched my career, led me to meet my wife, and set me on the path to the adventure of a lifetime. We eventually moved back to the United States so I could pursue my master’s degree at Harvard University’s Graduate School of Education.

What motivated you to get TEFL certified and to teach abroad/online?
I was working a college job in California at UC Santa Barbara, and my manager had just returned from teaching for 20 years in Japan. I thought that was the coolest thing. As an aspiring young teacher, I fell in love with the idea of teaching abroad first before becoming a teacher in the USA. At that point, I spent a lot of time researching and found the ITA.

What are you up to now?
After returning to get my masters and having my son in Boston in 2020, I took a job as the head of the ELA department at a high school on the west side of Chicago, I then transitioned into Ed tech and working for HMH, then Lexia Learning, and now one of the largest Ed tech companies in the world, Instructure.

How has the transition back home been?
It took about two years to adapt to the reverse culture shock, but eventually my family and I settled into our new life in Chicago well. We still try to visit China every other year to see friends and family.

What did you learn about yourself through your experience abroad? Did it shape career choices or other parts of your life?
Living and working abroad taught me the value of adaptability and the importance of becoming comfortable with the unfamiliar. I came to appreciate just how vast and diverse the world is, and yet how much we all share in common. Immersing myself in new cultures and perspectives not only shaped the way I see the world but also helped me grow both personally and professionally. These experiences gave me the confidence to start two companies, lead schools, and ultimately opened incredible doors for me at Harvard and throughout my career.

6. Meet Shelby Cunningham

📍 Current Location: South Korea

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2018

🏢 Current Role: Head of R&D and Curriculum Coordinator at J Lee Preparatory

Tell us about your teaching abroad experience.
I taught in Gangnam-hi, Daechi-dong for 3 years at Lex Kim English. 1.5 years at J Lee Preparatory Bundang Campus, 1 year at JLP Dongtan Campus as Vice Principal, and 1 year as head of R&D and curriculum for all three branches (now based at Suji campus).

What motivated you to get TEFL certified and to teach abroad/online?
I believed it would provide me with an advantage in job hunting, as my teaching license was going to expire in the state of Louisiana. It has been helpful for the curriculum development I’ve done for the preschool and kindergarten programs at JLP, especially since my license and experience were previously limited to US high schools.

What are you up to now?
I’m still teaching abroad! I run a few classes at JLP, hold an F2 visa in SK, and also work as a private tutor on the side. Hopefully, next year I’ll be able to get hired at an international school to resume teaching high school students.

What did you learn about yourself through your experience(s) abroad? Did it shape career choices or other parts of your life?
It helped me meet the love of my life, get married, and start a family! Additionally, my work here has helped me fall in love with research and curriculum development.

7. Meet Zipporah Gaines

📍 Current Location: Vancouver, WA, USA

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2016

🏢 Current Role: University Relations Assistant Manager

Where did you teach abroad?
I taught in South Korea for two years!

What motivated you to get TEFL certified and to teach abroad/online?
I wanted a way to make money and travel more at the same time!

What are you up to now?
I currently work in international higher education, specifically in the study abroad field.

How did teaching abroad help you transition into what you currently do?
My time spent studying and working abroad was a requirement for this company, and they loved the diverse places I had been to, as well as the fact that I had teaching experience.

What did you learn about yourself through your experience abroad?
Hmmm, I would say that teaching abroad gave me the space and time to learn more about myself without outside pressure or voices. I could exist without expectations, and that was a freedom that I needed to grow into myself.

8. Meet Kim Hanson

📍 Current Location: Durham, NC

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2012

🏢 Current Role: Senior Product Manager

Where did you teach abroad?
I taught in Morocco from June 2014 to July 2021.

What motivated you to get TEFL certified and to teach abroad or online?
I was mid-career, but I had always been passionate about helping people and had a lifelong dream of living overseas for an extended period. Teaching abroad blended those two things. Little did I ever imagine it would be in Morocco!

What are you up to now?
I moved back to the US in late August 2021 without a job! I knew it was time to go, and I knew I would eventually land on my feet. I found a job very quickly, thanks to the great connections I had maintained while abroad, which allowed me to do something similar to what I had been doing before I left.

How did teaching abroad help you transition into what you currently do?
I work on the operations side of a global digital learning program in a specialized industry for a professional membership organization. Although I was never part of that industry, my teaching experience and living in North Africa have given me a unique perspective on the behind-the-scenes operational management of the program. My team is also global, which is great. If you're a good classroom manager, those management skills carry over into any career path you choose, as well as the ability to deal with all kinds of people.

How has the transition back home been?
Not going to lie, it was rough! I was abroad for 7+ years, and I made my home, friends, and life in Morocco. Yet here I was back in the US. I had lost track of movies, TV shows, music, culture, technology, and other things you never even think about. I remember trying to sample a piece of cake at a shop and having to take a toothpick out of a dispenser, but I didn't know how to work the dispenser. It was the little things that stumped me at times. I had evolved, my friends had evolved, and my city had also evolved, but not together. In hindsight, I realized I had an unconscious expectation that things and people would be the same as when I had left. It was a real adjustment being back in America, especially after COVID, and navigating a different life here, much like I did when I arrived in Morocco. No one talks about the reverse culture shock when returning, but it can be very difficult to manage, especially because most people cannot relate to what you've experienced, especially in a place like Morocco. It took about 1.5 years to fully get through it, and I'm going on 4 years being back. Although I was ready to return, I still miss Morocco and my friends there.

What did you learn about yourself through your experience(s) abroad? Did it shape career choices or other parts of your life?
As a Western woman who moved to a country of a different religion and culture than my own to do a job I hadn't ever formally done, I learned how resilient I was. It was truly a sink-or-swim experience--both the job and living there. I also learned a lot about life through teaching, much of it relating to boundaries, both in and out of the classroom. I never could have learned these things if I hadn't taken the leap to do this. However, you must also be open to the growth that will occur when you undertake something like this, especially when moving to a place so different from what you knew up to that point. I saw some people who were not open to growth, and they suffered for it.

9. Meet Beverly Piontek

📍 Current Location: Oaxaca, Mexico

🎓 Year of TEFL certification: 2019

🏢 Current Role: English Teacher

Tell us about your teaching abroad experience.
I started teaching face-to-face classes in Chiapas, Mexico, upon receiving my TEFL certification. The experience truly changed my life.

What motivated you to get TEFL certified and to teach abroad/online?
I am a veteran teacher with a teaching degree and a teaching certificate in the US. Teaching and living abroad was my dream, so I jumped at the chance to get TEFL certified while visiting Mexico during summer break in 2019, and I haven't looked back!

What are you up to now?
I'm still teaching English online while living in the beautiful state of Oaxaca. Currently, I teach English to professionals in Chile, Eastern Europe, Venezuela, and Mexico. This is my dream job.

What did you learn about yourself through your experience(s) abroad? Did it shape career choices or other parts of your life?
I've learned the value of 'do it now!' I'm glad I didn't wait until retirement to move abroad. It's important to embrace your dreams, learn something new, and keep growing. I also learn a lot from my students. It has become a true cultural exchange as we compare cultures. I have also learned so much about the traditions and customs of the local people in my neighborhood. They have embraced me and encouraged my curiosity. I enjoy spending time at local museums, parks, cafes, and cultural venues. There's always something to do, see, and learn in Oaxaca. People love to talk and ask about where I'm from. This gives me ample opportunities to practice my Spanish. The culture is as vibrant as the city is beautiful!

Throwback: Watch Beverly's Takeover

International TEFL Academy Wins Top Award for International Education in 2025

info@InternationalTEFLAcademy.com (International TEFL Academy) — Fri, 06 Jun 2025 19:30:00 GMT

International TEFL Academy (ITA) and our staff are thrilled and proud to have won the People's Choice Award for Best International Education Organization for the fifth year in a row (and the sixth time overall) at the presentation of GoAbroad Awards for Innovation in Meaningful Travel held on May 29, in San Diego, California.

This award honors the top international education organization as selected by study & work abroad professionals and students by popular vote. The top five finalists in this category were chosen by the nomination of their peers, including study abroad advisers from colleges and universities and representatives of other international education organizations. This year, alumni could also nominate organizations. International TEFL Academy is proud to be the first TEFL certification school ever to win this prestigious award and has now won it six times. ITA first won the award in 2018 and then, before this year, won in 2021, 2022, 2023, and 2024.

For nearly two decades, GoAbroad.com has been a leading online resource for information on "meaningful travel," including studying abroad, volunteering abroad & teaching English abroad. GoAbroad’s annual Innovation Awards were created for the purpose of "showcasing the best in innovation, originality, creativity, and exceptional ideas in international education."

International TEFL Academy CEO and Founder Bruce Jones and Co-Founder and Senior Marketer & Writer John Bentley accepted the People's Choice Award for Best International Education Organization on behalf of ITA in 2025.

In past years, in addition to winning the People's Choice Award, ITA has also won the 2020 Innovative Student Video Award and the 2024 Innovative TEFL/Teach Abroad Program Award.

For our Innovative Teach Abroad Program submission, ITA highlighted its specialty Teaching Test Prep Skills course, providing in-depth training on preparing students for English proficiency exams.

Consistently innovating new tools and courses for our alumni and prospective students, this course is among a variety of advanced trainings that can be taken to enhance English teaching ability and confidence. Read more about ITA's specialty course offerings here.

ITA alumnus Jack Ross' video, "Thank you Vietnam" won the 2020 Innovative Student Video Award.

International TEFL Academy vs TEFL.org: What You Need to Know

Molly Mattison — Fri, 15 Nov 2024 16:06:41 GMT

So you're curious about teaching English as a foreign language (TEFL) and looking at how to get TEFL certified? The plethora of TEFL providers may seem daunting, but you do need to be careful before picking the first school you might see in a search engine. While at first glance TEFL.org might look promising, the company's low cost can't make up for glaring issues for those seeking to get the most out of teaching abroad, especially if you are looking to teach and live abroad for the first time.

The Consequences of Choosing a Low-Cost Course

Consider two scenarios for an individual who opts for a low-cost TEFL provider such as TEFL.org:

Scenario 1

You’re in a new city in a new country standing in front of a classroom of five-year-olds who don’t speak English. You’ve never taught before and aren’t sure how to assess the students, or confident about where to start. You lack confidence in your ability to create viable lesson plans, manage your classroom, or even communicate with your students. You’re in charge of six classes a day, five days a week, and under contract for a year at the school.

Scenario 2

You have your heart set on teaching in Japan. Your TEFL provider promises you that there are loads of English teaching jobs in Japan and you only need to be fluent in English to purchase a TEFL course. After buying and completing the course, you go to a job board and are devastated to see that you’re not likely to get a job in your dream destination due to your degree status.

This scenario sounds like a nightmare, right? At International TEFL Academy, we never want you to face either of these scenarios. While teaching English abroad can be extraordinarily rewarding if you’re prepared and confident, it can also be incredibly challenging if you undercut yourself on training or lack realistic and attainable expectations. One of the primary reasons some people quit early or give up on their teach-abroad experience is because they feel overwhelmed and unprepared for the job. Don't let this happen to you.

While there are many other TEFL providers where you can buy a certification at a lower cost, that cost is cheaper for a reason.

At ITA, we offer the best TEFL instruction in the market, with Ph.D. and Master’s prepared instructors who have all taught abroad and provide you personalized feedback on things like lesson plans. You’ll practice teaching and improve with coaching in the safe setting of a practicum before you ever set foot into your classroom - so that you can feel confident and give your best to your students from Day 1. Trust us: you want an experienced professor teaching, plus a full team of real people advising and supporting you from before you even enroll, all of whom have lived and taught abroad. From your very first contact, you’ll receive guidance from an expert advisor to help you clearly understand your options for countries where you can teach, and also to answer all of your questions about all aspects of teaching English abroad, from TEFL certification and financial planning to the practicalities of moving abroad like making friends and opening a bank account.

The appeal and viability of job markets for teaching abroad can differ based on your personal circumstances and goals - do you want to save while abroad? Are you LGBTQ+? Over 40? Our advisors are here to help you determine where you will thrive - and when you’re ready, will help you land the right job through our Lifetime Job Search Guidance.

Learn More About ITA's Award-Winning TEFL Courses:

What are the Differences Between a Certification from International TEFL Academy and TEFL.org?

Based in the U.K., TEFL.org offers an accredited TEFL certification course at a lower price point. While others offer automated courses, International TEFL Academy offers a true full-service solution - from pre-enrollment advising, to practice teaching, to lifetime job search guidance, to a robust and connected alumni community in markets around the world. It’s always who you know!

Our mission is to ensure you’re 100% ready for the adventure of teaching abroad, and that you’re never alone at any point in your journey. It’s why International TEFL Academy won the Most Innovative TEFL Program award in 2024 and has been named the People’s Choice Winner by GoAbroad for 4 years running, among numerous other awards and accolades.

We get dozens of inquiries every week from graduates of other TEFL programs who come to us because they’re not confident in their teaching abilities or need more support to get the job they want.

Want to know more about the differences between ITA and TEFL.org? Here’s an in-depth side-by-side comparison of the two programs:

	International TEFL Academy	TEFL.org
OFQUAL regulated and accredited	✔	✔
U.S.-owned & operated	✔
Live instruction, with personalized feedback	✔
Specialty courses to upskill and further differentiate your experience	✔	✔
Master’s & Ph.D. prepared instructors, who have all taught abroad	✔
Lifetime job search guidance on over 70 teaching markets around the world, including one-to-one advising, resume, cover letter and contract review	✔
Practicum required and reviewed (live student practice)	✔
Alumni resource website, and 78 alumni-only Facebook groups for different countries and interests, and to share job listings	✔
Discount for service in the military, AmeriCorps and the Peace Corps	✔
Job placement programs available	✔

What is the benefit of working with a company that is U.S.-owned and operated?

All of our advisors are U.S. citizens who have taught abroad themselves. They possess a deep understanding of how to work with Americans to reach their goals of teaching English abroad. This includes training and expertise in areas like how visa rules and regulations work specifically for Americans teaching abroad, and specific government programs in countries like Japan and Spain that provide unique opportunities for Americans to teach in some of the most attractive countries. We’re also proud to work with U.S. veterans looking for their next opportunity to travel and make a difference in the world - and we offer a service discount.

By getting TEFL certified with a U.S. company, you can also have the peace of mind that you are covered by relevant U.S. consumer protection laws and quality standards.

TEFL.org Says They’re the “Most Accredited” TEFL provider. What Does That Mean?

Accreditation is a crucial element for any high-quality, professional-level TEFL certification. At International TEFL Academy, our certificates meet or exceed top-level international standards, and are accredited by sanctioned bodies in the field. All ITA-operated classes are externally monitored and approved at a Level 5 Ofqual (British Government) accreditation by TQUK (authorized accreditor of Ofqual). Due to our rigorous academic standards, many U.S. colleges and universities recommend our courses to their students.

However, investing in having more agencies accredit your company doesn’t make for a better course. At ITA, we feel that investing instead in areas like personalized advising throughout your journey, curriculum development, high-caliber instruction, and building community among alumni is what makes our course the best in the market. Click here to learn more about ITA's accreditation.

Why is Live & Interactive Instruction in My TEFL Course Important?

You’re starting a new career, in a new country, with students who aren’t fluent in English. You want to be as prepared and supported as possible to gain self-confidence in this new path. Our Master’s and Ph.D.-prepared instructors have all taught abroad and provide live lectures, office hours, and personalized feedback on your assignments and lesson plans so that you grow in your teaching skill level. Our goal is to ensure you gain the skills and confidence you need to become a top-notch international English teacher, so the level of instruction is what you would expect from a college-level course.

Unlike most online TEFL courses on the market, ITA's award-winning Online TEFL Course is not just an automated, self-paced class that can be provided at a lower cost because there are no instructors. Here’s what some of our current students have to say about their instructors:

"Norma has been a great resource and teacher. I have no experience as a teacher and she has provided great resources and assistance. I am comfortable knowing I can reach out to her. She is very approachable."

“My teacher is great at making me feel like she really cares. She emails me with video links about suggestions based on my papers and class discussions, and has helped me learn more about Asian culture!”

“My instructor has provided encouragement and useful feedback so far. It's been very valuable as I'm not always sure about the quality of my ideas and depth of my understanding.”

Why should I pay more for a certification from International TEFL Academy?

We believe there are four pillars of a great TEFL school:

1. Pre-enrollment advising

From their first contact with ITA, our students receive personal guidance from trained and experienced Admissions Advisors. From certification options to the realities of the international job market, we’re committed to ensuring you’re fully informed and equipped for this exciting journey.

Your ITA Admissions Advisors can help you with:

Researching your options for countries where you can teach
Putting together a viable timeline
Learning about hiring requirements, hiring seasons & interviews
Picking the best TEFL course option for you based on your goals, timeline & budget
Understanding salaries, start-up costs & other important financial matters
Answering your questions about the practicalities of moving abroad like making friends and finding a place to live.

2. Top quality TEFL courses with interactive instruction provided by experienced, qualified teachers & live practice teaching

International TEFL Academy is committed to providing our students with the finest training possible and our instructors are at the heart of this mission. As a TEFL student aspiring to become a professional English teacher abroad, you deserve to be trained by a highly qualified instructor. Meet our Academics Team.

At International TEFL Academy, every course we offer is meticulously vetted and accredited, ensuring that all our programs, including online TEFL courses, incorporate live practice teaching (practicum). This hands-on experience is crucial for building your confidence and skills in a real ESL classroom setting. It's essential to highlight that not all TEFL providers, such as TEFL.org, offer practicum in all of their courses. This omission can be a significant drawback for aspiring English teachers, as live practice teaching is not only vital for your professional growth but also a requirement for many leading employers worldwide who do not recognize TEFL certifications that do not include this critical component.

Learn more about Practicum (live practice teaching) at ITA

3. Lifetime Job Search Guidance

With ITA's Lifetime Job Search Guidance, you receive in-depth and personalized guidance from professional experts to assist you in navigating international job markets, gaining employment teaching abroad, and preparing to live & travel overseas. The team will also review resumes, cover letters, and contracts - flagging terms that aren’t in your favor, or up to expectations. No other TEFL provider provides anything close this level of guidance and resources for getting a job teaching English abroad.

An important point to note is that this service is included with tuition for standard TEFL courses

Basic elements of ITA's job guidance include:

Personal guidance from an experienced Job Search Advisor
Access to ITA's exclusive Alumni Corner website portal, which includes how-to guides for getting a job teaching in more than 50 countries, resume templates, school finders and more
Referrals to preferred recruiters, placement agencies, online teaching companies, and language schools
ESL worldwide school directory of over 20,000 schools & online teaching companies worldwide
Comprehensive library of recorded webinars and videos

4. Alumni community and engagement

With more than 50,000 graduates teaching English online and in 80 countries worldwide, ITA alumni form a genuine global community of teachers and travelers. From in-country meet-ups to 75+ Facebook groups by country and interest area, we work hard to keep our ITA community strong. It provides ITA students and graduates with exclusive networking opportunities to connect, make friends, share job tips, ask questions, and even find roommates.

If I’m already TEFL-certified, is there any value in attending International TEFL Academy?

We enroll students every week who have already been certified through a low-cost provider and realized they weren’t adequately prepared or supported for their next steps. If you do decide to enroll, we’ll take off the price you already paid another provider!

Here’s just one recent message we received from someone who has since enrolled in our course:

"I am already TEFL certified through TEFL.org, I did their 200 hr level 5 course which was totally self-paced and async. Right after I got certified and received my diploma, I decided to take their Young Learners Advanced Course, and after I passed that I got my certification in that as well. The problem is that when I was in the hiring process with Qkids, I realized I couldn't do the demo lessons, because everything I learned I was not confident or skilled enough to apply in real life. I have no actual teaching experience, so I canceled that opportunity and left feeling guilty about it all. I felt like TEFL Org didn't train me correctly to immediately get me ready for teaching in the real virtual world."

So, ready to take your first step? Still unsure what option is best for you? Your personalized advising and support start now - click here to get in touch with our Admissions Team.

Go Further:

Best Budgeting Tips for Digital Nomad TEFL Teachers

Perlie Yang — Thu, 07 Nov 2024 15:54:52 GMT

As a digital nomad and TEFL teacher, managing your finances while traversing the globe can be challenging! From varying salaries to fluctuating living costs, staying on top of your budget is essential. But worry not– despite what one may think, a lifestyle of frequent travel is not only for trust fund babies or six-figure salary earners. Being a digital nomad is actually easier than you might think! As a matter of fact, I spend significantly more money when I’m staying at my parents’ house in the United States than when I’m living in another country. After teaching online while living in a different country each month (17 countries in 14 months) for over a year now, I’m glad to say I picked up a few tricks and hacks here and there! Here’s a comprehensive guide on how to master your finances while teaching English abroad.

Understanding Your Financial Situation

Perhaps the most daunting aspect of being a digital nomad is the fluctuating costs of living that come with the differing countries you decide to stay in. While deciding your next destination in your nomadic adventure, it’s important to research what your monthly expenses in that country might look like and to compare them to your monthly earnings – at the end of the month, would you have spent more money than you earn, broken even, or earned more money than you spent? Important factors to research include the costs of housing, food, groceries, and transportation. This way, you can gauge whether or not this destination is a good fit for your finances or if you’d prefer somewhere more sustainable. Having a clear understanding of your financial landscape ensures you can fully enjoy your nomadic lifestyle without unnecessary stress!

Top Budgeting Tips for TEFL Digital Nomads

Smart-Housing Solutions
Choosing Budget-Friendly Destinations
Cost-Effective Living Strategies
Managing Your Finances
Takeaways

1. Smart-Housing Solutions

House Sitting: I’m including this at the top of this post because house sitting is a digital nomads’ absolute lifesaver. It consists of living in a pet owner’s house and taking care of their house/pet while they’re out of town. Yes, you’ve guessed right – this means free housing. As housing can likely be the largest cost of one’s traveling expenses, the option for free housing seems almost too good to be true. Luckily, there’s a platform called Trusted HouseSitters that makes it easy to match with pet owners all over the world. Simply search which city and country you’re interested in with your available dates, and let the free housing options roll in. There is an annual membership fee, which is completely worth it if you’re a frequent user, and lucky for you - we have a 25% discount! House sitting is especially great for travelers looking to stay somewhere for an extended period of time (more than a few weeks), as many owners use this opportunity to travel extensively themselves without paying substantial pet hotel fees, and it allows you to feel more like a local rather than a tourist in that area! It’s a win-win situation for all parties involved.
Subletting: When there are no available house sits in the region we’re staying in, we also scour housing pages on Facebook! Don’t be afraid to post that you’re looking to sublet someone’s home for the time you’ll be in the area – you’d be surprised at how many locals are willing to make an extra buck by letting you stay in their empty place while they’re out of town. This was a great option when I stayed in Tokyo, which isn’t exactly known for affordable housing, and I sublet a local girl’s apartment while she was staying in Nagano for the ski season. Trust me, this allowed me to pay a fraction of what the cost would’ve been had I booked an Airbnb or hotel.
Monthly Airbnb stays: Airbnb hosts give customers a hefty discount if you stay at their place for a minimum of around 30 consecutive days. This is also great for the host as they’ve now got a guest paying to stay at their property for 30+ continuous days with one visit. My partner and I have experienced some monthly stay discounts as high as 70% – we paid $300 for my AirBnB in Sutomore, Montenegro, instead of its regular $1,000 fee for the entire month!

2. Choosing Budget-Friendly Destinations

One of the perks of being a digital nomad is the ability to live and work in a variety of locations. To maximize your budget, prioritize destinations with a low cost of living. These are some of the most affordable cities my partner and I stayed in for a month as a digital nomad:

🇻🇳Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam: Since this city was quite renowned for affordable food, housing, and transportation, we decided to splurge on a luxury apartment in a high-rise complex with a rooftop infinity pool, building security, and a gym overlooking the sprawling city. And by splurge, I mean $700 for the entire month. A full meal at a typical small side-of-the-road restaurant would cost $3 per person, on average. We honestly didn’t cook a single meal in Vietnam, as eating out was so affordable, and we were never short of surrounding options. And the best part of Ho Chi Minh City? We rented a motorbike for only $30 for the month, which (like most locals) was our main source of transportation around the city. And when we didn’t feel like driving the bike, we never spent more than $10 for a Grab (equivalent to Uber or Lyft).
🇲🇾Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia: We were lucky enough to land two house sits during our month in Kuala Lumpur - both of them being luxury apartments in high-rise buildings. That entailed a whopping total of $0 spent on housing during our time in the multicultural Southeast Asian city. Slightly pricier than Ho Chi Minh City, a typical meal at a hole-in-the-wall restaurant would cost between $5-7, on average. With that said, Malaysian cuisine hands-down makes our top five countries with the best food. Similar to Vietnam, Grab operates in Malaysia for relatively the same price.
🇮🇳Jaipur, India: For how incredibly amazing Indian cuisine is, it still baffles my mind that each meal was around $4-5 per person. And by meal, I’m referring to a paneer dish with garlic naan and a mango lassi. Our apartment was around $300 for the month. Uber was our main source of transportation throughout the city, and you could even book a tuk tuk or auto rickshaw. Uber car rides would be about $3 for a 30-minute ride, and a tuk tuk would cost about half the price. (In 117-degree weather, we often opted for the car!)

Read more on why you should add India to your digital nomad route!
🇲🇽San Pancho, Mexico: With the three house sits we’ve managed to snag (one of them being for an entire month), we’ve again spent absolutely nothing on housing during our two months in Mexico. Roadside eateries are your best friend in large Mexican cities, and they’re everywhere. Tacos are, on average, $1 per piece. Uber rides are slightly more expensive than the before-mentioned cities at around $15 for a 30-minute ride.

3. Cost-Effective Living Strategies

Grocery shopping on a budget: Buying from local markets is often cheaper than supermarkets, and the quality is usually better. In most cases, cooking at home instead of eating out regularly will also help keep your food budget in check.
Eating out at restaurants: The simplest-looking hole-in-the-wall spots always have the best food - this is a motto I stand by! For the most authentic experience with local cuisine, stray away from the fancy, aesthetic restaurants that are more likely to cater to “Westerners,” AKA not authentic. Plus, the options at these smaller spots would be at a fraction of the cost and likely more delicious. The more locals you see eating inside, the better!
Affordable transportation options: Public transport is usually the most affordable way to get around. Especially in well-connected cities, such as South Korea or Japan, taking the metro or bus is also a more time-efficient mode of transportation than by car. In cities where it’s safe and accessible, consider biking or walking too! The best way to truly explore a place is traversing by foot.It’s important to keep an open mind to all airlines! Airline prices can vary significantly between carriers, even for the same route. By comparing different airlines, you increase your chances of finding cheaper fares or promotions, helping you save money on flights. Price comparison websites, such as SkyScanner or Google Flights, can help you discover the best deals across multiple airlines.

Read more on why you should add India to your digital nomad route!
Sharing costs: If possible, travel with a friend or partner! Splitting the cost of accommodation can significantly reduce your overall expenses. By sharing a larger apartment, traveling with a partner can make staying in comfortable places much more affordable. Renting a car or taking taxis can become much cheaper when the cost is split between two or more people. You can also buy groceries in bulk and cook together, cutting down on the cost of food.

4. Managing Your Finances

Setting up a budget: Financial management is one of the most important aspects of living abroad as a digital nomad. This involves tracking your expenses, setting a budget, and sticking to it. I use budgeting apps like Mint or YNAB (You Need A Budget) to help monitor finances.
Emergency funds: Life as a digital nomad can be unpredictable, so it’s great to set aside some extra cash just in case. An emergency fund will cushion you against unexpected expenses like medical bills or urgent travel needs.
Travel savings tips: Use travel hacking techniques, such as utilizing credit card points or frequent flyer miles to save on flights. I have two travel credit cards, Chase Sapphire Preferred and Capital One Venture X, that offer amazing benefits through free long-haul flights and stays for frequent travelers. Additionally, watch for off-peak travel times to score better deals!

5. Takeaways

From the beginning, my original intention of using my TEFL certificate, obtained in 2020 through an 11-week online course at International TEFL Academy, was to become an online English teacher/digital nomad. However, this route of hopping from country to country wasn’t the most feasible (along with being in the midst of a global pandemic). Instead, I taught on the ground for two years in South Korea and Türkiye, which turned out to be a great segway into navigating a different country each month as a digital nomad. While challenges may accompany this unconventional lifestyle, staying disciplined and mindful of your spending will allow you to enjoy the freedom that comes with living abroad. As someone who has traveled to 38 countries, I’ve learned the importance of being resourceful, planning ahead, and finding joy in simple, affordable experiences. Budgeting as a digital nomad teacher is all about balance!

Go further:

How to Turn Your TEFL Certification into a Digital Nomad Lifestyle

Matt Mitzel — Thu, 07 Nov 2024 15:54:23 GMT

It was my mother, who studied abroad in Madrid, Spain, who pushed me throughout my early college years to embark on my own study-abroad journey. In those days, I naively rejected this idea out of fear that I would miss out on the vibrant social scene of my university. After taking a solo trip to Europe in my junior year of college, however, my mom was right: I was instantly infatuated with the idea of travel. My wanderlust was ignited, and I knew that a yearning to see the world was now forever a part of me. After graduating from the University of Maryland in 2017 with a BA in Public Relations/Marketing, I was at a crossroads of how to begin my adult life. My mom (sense a theme here?) and dad mentioned looking into TEFL after graduation as it combined this newfound love for travel and an opportunity to use my creative skillset while living abroad.

First Step: Getting TEFL certified

After speaking with some ITA advisors and other former alumni, I decided that International TEFL Academy was for me. The main selling point has been its job placement guarantee and alumni network. I have made many friends using their county-specific alumni Facebook groups. Additionally, I met my girlfriend of 3 years from the ITA Alumni Busan page….who would've thought!

While living and working full-time in Washington, DC, I pursued my certificate by taking ITA’s 11-week Online part-time course. It was the perfect balance, and I would recommend this as a way to juggle both work and getting your accreditation. A few months later, I was off to the small town of Ribeira through the UP International Teaching Assistant program in Spain to begin my teaching adventure. A few years later, I spurred the partnership between UP and ITA…so if you have any inkling about teaching English in Spain, I truly recommend UP! Fast forward to today, and my mom's advice and ITA opened the door for me and a life spent teaching English in Spain for almost 2 years, then a year spent in Busan, South Korea, and most recently spending a year teaching in Istanbul, Türkiye. Every experience was special in its own way. But all three countries were filled with amazing students of all ages, friends for life (either locals or other teachers), and a lifetime’s worth of memories.

Transition from in-person to online teaching

Driven by a desire for flexibility and freedom after another year spent in the classroom, I knew I wanted to travel full-time. Teaching in a traditional setting often meant committing to one location for at least a year in my experiences (no regrets - I loved every second of it), which began to feel limiting as my curiosity to explore grew. Transitioning to online allowed me to maintain my passion for education while freeing myself from the physical boundaries of a classroom. This shift not only gave me the chance to engage with students from all over the world but also empowered me to design a lifestyle that balanced teaching with my love for travel and experiencing many more new places. With a computer and some new online teaching jobs — I hit the road with my girlfriend, and we haven't looked back! We've traveled to 16 countries in the past year, from Europe to the Far East, India to the Middle East, and now in Central America. Needless to say, living this Digital Nomad Life has been an adventure.

Creating a budget is key

Budgeting as a digital nomad and online English teacher is a crucial factor in successfully living this lifestyle and requires careful planning and discipline. Here are factors you should consider:

Start by determining your monthly income from teaching and factor in fluctuating student demand and exchange rates if you're paid in different currencies.
Prioritize fixed expenses like accommodation, insurance, and subscriptions for teaching tools or online platforms.
Take advantage of low-cost destinations where your earnings stretch further, and set a budget for variable costs like food, transportation, and leisure activities. It is crucial, especially as a couple, to look for accommodation that has 2 rooms as teaching in the same room is virtually impossible.
Ask for a speed test: My biggest advice to anyone looking to be a digital nomad is to ask for a speed test from a prospective Airbnb host... don't rely just on people's reviews or just a simple message "How's the wifi?"
Emergency fund: Saving a portion of your income for emergencies or slower months is crucial, as is maintaining flexibility in your budget for unforeseen travel or work-related expenses.

Add India to your Digital Nomad Route

Our digital nomad lifestyle recently led us to India. Originally, we hadn't planned to spend a month there, but that's the beauty of what we do! After enjoying a month in the beautiful country of Malaysia, we were ready for our next destination. A quick look on Google Flights revealed an affordable flight to Jaipur, India. Although we didn't know much about Jaipur, except that we loved Indian food, we decided to head to Rajasthan.

We researched all the Airbnbs in the city heavily, contacted all the hosts to ask for internet speeds, and settled on a lovely Airbnb in a high-rise apartment. We spent our evenings working online, as most of our students are based in Poland, while our mornings and afternoons were dedicated to exploring Jaipur- known as the Pink City. Being practically the only tourists in the city, it was a great way to connect with the Indian people as we really got to know our neighbors and other people in the apartment block after spending a month there.

Due to the lower cost of living, your income from teaching online can go a long way. During our time in India, we managed to enjoy ourselves without overspending. We indulged in the local cuisine, and on weekends, we ventured to nearby cities and attractions. India is a country rich in history, filled with stories waiting to be learned, and the warmth and friendliness of the people greatly enhance the experience.

📌 My Top Recommendations

📍 Cities: In our time in India, we hit 4 cities/ towns, including Jaipur, Bikaner, Agra and Deshnoke. I would truly recommend all these places to make the most of a tour of the Indian state of Rajasthan!

🍛 Dishes: When talking about what Indian dishes I recommend, I always ask- "How much time do you have?" But on a serious note, any dish with paneer (cheese) is incredible. My faves were the Udaipur and Jodphur paneer dishes, each offering paneer in a different curry sauce. Additionally, you could use the same curries for any lamb dish. If you are vegetarian, India is truly the best place to be

🛺 Experiences: If you are in India, YOU HAVE TO HIT THE TAJ MAHAL! Out of the 50 countries I visited, the Taj Mahal was one of the most remarkable landmarks I have ever seen. It will be hard to top it! If you are feeling adventurous, be sure to visit the Rat Temple that I mentioned before. After seeing it on CBS' "The Amazing Race" for the first time about 15 years ago, I knew I had to!

Become a TEFL Digital Nomad

Although one month may not seem like a long time, it provides enough opportunity to immerse yourself in the hustle and bustle of a city, from finding your favorite grocery store to your usual cafe and regular bar. Being a digital nomad and teaching English online has been the best experience as we have seen so many amazing places that would be a lot more difficult within a traditional teaching job on the ground. My advice to you is to try teaching online and use that flexibility to make the world your classroom. Whatever place you choose to take this journey, you won't regret it. And if your mom is advising you to study or travel abroad, maybe listen to her!

Go Further:

Teaching English in Dongtan, South Korea: Q&A with Kendall Lisa

Kendall Lisa — Tue, 25 Jun 2024 16:46:43 GMT

What is your citizenship?
United States

What city and state are you from?
Atlanta, Georgia, USA

How old are you?
24

What is your education level and background?
Bachelor's Degree.

Have you traveled abroad in the past?
I've traveled to South Korea, France, and Germany.

What sparked your interest in teaching English abroad?
Traveling to South Korea for the first time. I fell in love with the culture. I have always loved helping people as a psychology major -- I think it’s a part of our morals to want to help people. The first year after school, I was working as a behavioral therapist and I really enjoyed this work, but I wanted more structure. I wanted to be able to really teach something more tangible, and help students in a school setting because I had never really done that before and thought I would really enjoy that. I found out South Korea had amazing benefits for teaching as well, so it just made sense for me. I wanted an exciting change. I believe life is about having fun and taking risks. We only have one life so you might as well do something you will love.

What were some of your concerns before teaching abroad?
I was concerned about the process and how long it would take. I wanted to leave my job as I had gotten burnt out so I wanted to make sure I could do it in a timely manner. I was also concerned that my paperwork such as a background check would not come back in time and delay the process. Of course, I was also worried about adjusting to a new culture not knowing many people in South Korea, and being away from my family as well. I think this served as motivation for me to learn the language (I still have a long way to go!) but it helped immensely with adjusting.

What did your friends and family think about you moving and teaching abroad?
My family was overall very supportive! However, they were a bit concerned about me being so far away from them. They realized I would only be able to talk to them in the early morning or late evening due to the difference in time zones. My dad took it the hardest, and he was extremely emotional. I’m the first of the family out of five kids to do something like this along with being their only daughter, so it was a hard adjustment for them. Overall though, they want me to be happy and have encouraged me to experience new things and live life how I want. They knew this decision was coming, I think, because after I went to Korea for the second time I signed up with International TEFL Academy while ON that trip so they knew I was really serious. They just needed time to get used to the idea I think.

Why did you decide to get TEFL certified and choose International TEFL Academy?
When researching about certifications it seemed like International TEFL Academy was the most accredited. ITA had a class time that worked with my busy working schedule as well and even had specific courses in the country and about South Korea. I found blogs by teachers who used ITA and were placed in South Korea only months after, and I knew this would be a great fit for me. The price was also reasonable compared to other providers, especially considering you get so many benefits like job search guidance and help with documents. Researching about teaching abroad always led me back to International TEFL Academy so I knew it was right!

Which TEFL certification course did you take?
I took the 11-Week Online TEFL Course.

How did you like the course?
I really liked the course! It felt like I was in college again and I honestly missed that feeling. The instructor left such detailed feedback and I learned so much. The assignments were not tedious, and I loved having the ability to communicate with my classmates and trade feedback with them as well. The practicum was the most impactful thing for me. I was able to complete it in about one and a half months, and I did it at the same time as the course which I know is not common. I met amazing people doing this and made great connections. I stepped out of my comfort zone and got such joy from helping people to communicate in English and I truly loved the experience so much. I was able to use what I learned in class as well during the practicum. Lesson planning and other resources helped me so much!

How has your TEFL training helped you in your current teaching position?
It equipped me with the ability to be confident in front of a group, as well as have background knowledge and different teaching methods that I often use in class. Some of the in-class activities I learned about and how they are effective with different populations are also things I use daily. I love being able to remember different things such as how changing seating arrangements or making the class have group work activities. Knowing why those methods are important is always in the back of my mind. The training made me become a more effective teacher.

Where did you decide to teach and why did you choose this location?
I have been teaching English in Dongtan, South Korea since 2024. It's now been over four months, but I plan to stay for at least 3 more years. It’s outside of a big city (Seoul) but close enough that I can visit often. It’s only about an hour away. My boyfriend also works in this city so it made sense for us after being long distance for so long.

What school, company, or program are you working for?
I work for one company, YBM ECC.

During which months does your school typically hire?
Year-round.

Did you secure this position in advance of arriving?
Yes - I interviewed via Zoom.

What kind of visa did you enter on and what was the visa process like?
I got the E2 Visa which is a teaching visa in South Korea. First, I had to get fingerprints done, and then I got a background check in the US. Then, I had to get my degree and background check apostilled. Once I had my interview I sent my documents to the school after they decided to hire me. After signing my contract, I finally applied for my visa by taking all these documents to the Korean embassy in Atlanta, eventually receiving it a few weeks later. The entire process took about 3 months, with the longest being my apostilled background check.

What are the qualifications that your school requires for teachers?
Bachelor's Degree, TEFL Certification, and a native English speaker.

What is the best way to apply?
A recruiter. I used Yuna Recruiting, who helped me land the interview and get a job in the city I wanted within a week of interviewing!

Tell us about your English teaching job!
I work for a Hagwon which is a private English academy. School starts at 9:30 am and goes until 6:30 pm with a lunch break from 12-12:50 pm. There are other random 40-minute breaks at the same time on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday and a different time on Tuesdays and Thursdays. I make 2.5 million won every month ($1800 USD) and I work with children ages 7-11 years old. My vacation time is 5 days in the summer and 5 days in the winter. The lesson plans are already made for us, so we just follow them! We don’t have to lesson plan. You eat lunch with the children typically if you have a class at that time. Lunch is provided for free and it’s traditional Korean food and it is so yummy. The morning is for kindergarten students and the afternoon is for the older students.

There is an official break from 2:20-2:50 pm where we can go outside and do whatever we please. After the break, afternoon classes begin which are all 40 minutes long. There are field trips each month and special events as well which are really fun. I enjoy it so much!

The school pays my apartment rent so I am able to save about 1 million won each month ($720 USD). I could honestly save a lot more, but I like to buy food and clothes, go to theme parks and cafes, and check out fun places with my boyfriend. Korea is so affordable compared to the US. I spend about 300,000 won each month on food ($215 USD) but I could honestly spend less. It is really easy to save money here, and I don’t feel any stress to make ends meet or anything like that.

Please explain the cultural aspects, public transportation, nightlife, social activities, food, expat community, dating scene, travel opportunities, etc...
Korea has such an amazing culture that is dominated by food and spending time with the people you love. The food in Korea is undoubtedly some of the best food you will ever have in your life, and the prices are completely unbeatable. There is a culture of respect for older people, and the language of Korean is built on this so if you want to learn Korean, which I highly recommend, you have to learn how to address different people such as a professor or your friends. There is such a variety of things to do in Korea, and if you have any kind of interest, you can definitely find a place to do that. You can go to archery courses, and pottery classes, and even learn how to do a K-pop dance. There are so many great things to do, and my personal favorites are going to a café as well as playing badminton. On top of that, anything you want to do is just a bus ride away.

Korea is not a big country, so everything is usually within an hour away from you, unless you wanna go to the coast such as Busan or Jeju Island. Obviously, those places are a few hours away by train, but the main cities are all very close to each other. You can travel so easily in Korea and like I keep mentioning, everything is so affordable.

What are your monthly expenses?
Rent = $0 (Paid for by my school!)
Utilities= $140
Food= $200 (I usually don't spend more than $15 a week on groceries)
Phone bill = $18
Annual Gym membership = $250
Social Activities: Around $50 (tickets to places are pretty cheap, and I mostly go to cafes or restaurants with friends, so that goes in the food category)
My other expenses are beauty and skincare and Korea is like number one for these in the world.

How did you find somewhere to live?
My school provided my apartment. My apartment is about an 18-minute walk from the Hagwon. I could take a bus too, but I enjoy walking. The location is amazing with so many cafés and so many things to do. There are many families living around here, and it’s just a really wholesome and great area to live in. This is a new city as well, so everything is really clean, new, and exciting and tailored towards young people like me.

How would you describe your standard of living?
I would say I have a relatively high standard of living. I like things to be clean and orderly, and I want access to many things such as cafés or different places where I can buy things I need. The neighborhood I live in meets all of those needs and my apartment is small but easy to clean. I can decorate it well, and I think my standard is met really well here. I don’t suffer because my apartment isn’t huge and I don’t cut corners so I can make ends meet. I had to adjust my standards a bit coming from a country where I had a bigger space to live, but honestly, I feel really comfortable and appreciative of my space here. It’s easier to manage and I have everything I need right at my fingertips.

In your opinion, how much does someone need to earn in order to live comfortably?
In Korea, about 2 million won ($1450 USD) I would say. I make 2.5 million won and live extremely well, and am able to do and buy truly anything I want without any stress. Korea is such an affordable country. If you pay rent it would be different, but most ESL teachers here do not have to pay this so I think two million is enough!

What advice would you give someone planning or considering teaching abroad? Would you recommend teaching in your country?
I would one million percent recommend teaching in South Korea. The benefits for teachers are incredible and the demand is so high. I got my job after an 8-minute interview and landed the job only a week after meeting with my recruiter for the first time. Korean schools almost always pay your rent too so I say go for it!

You will undoubtedly have an unforgettable experience that will enhance your life in ways that you won’t even understand until you’re there. You should do your research on teaching English abroad and really understand that this process takes a little while along with taking some elbow grease. The process will feel like a lot of stress, but it is so worth it. You need to do research on the country you’re going to as well. Understand the culture, be respectful, and try your best to mitigate culture shock. If possible, I would recommend going on a trip to the country you want to teach in beforehand just to get a feel for it as well. To get the most out of the experience, I would say stay away from just hanging out with other expats because you should really immerse yourself in the culture, and stay out of the bubble you left back home. You’re in a new country after all!

Make sure you read your contract and use a recruiter too who can alert you if there are any red flags along with helping you land at a school that meets your exact needs and wants. Overall, this is an amazing opportunity to move to an entirely new place (perhaps across the planet like in my case) and get out of your comfort zone while doing something that will make you such a more well-rounded and culturally aware individual.

International TEFL Academy Wins Top Award for International Education in 2024

info@InternationalTEFLAcademy.com (International TEFL Academy) — Mon, 03 Jun 2024 16:27:34 GMT

International TEFL Academy (ITA) and our staff are thrilled and proud to have won the People's Choice Award for Best International Education Organization for the fourth year in a row (and the fifth time overall) and the Innovative TEFL/Teach Abroad Program Award for the first time at the presentation of GoAbroad Awards for Innovation in Meaningful Travel held on May 30, in New Orleans, Louisiana.

This award honors the top international education organization as selected by study & work abroad professionals and students by popular vote. The top five finalists in this category were chosen by the nomination of their peers, including study abroad advisers from college universities and representatives of other international education organizations. This year, alumni could also nominate organizations. International TEFL Academy is proud to be the first TEFL certification school ever to win this prestigious award and has now won it five times. ITA first won the award in 2018 and then won in 2021, 2022, and 2023.

Since 2010, International TEFL Academy has certified and assisted more than 45,000 people from all backgrounds to gain employment teaching English abroad in 80 countries worldwide. In recent years, thousands of ITA students have also been hired to teach English online as more countries open up to digital nomads and remote teachers in a post-pandemic world.

International TEFL Academy CEO and Founder Bruce Jones, COO Molly Mattison, and ITA Advisor Shelby Marlowe accepted the People's Choice Award for Best International Education Organization and Innovative TEFL/Teach Abroad Program Award on behalf of ITA in 2024.

ITA offers accredited TEFL certification classes online & in over 20 locations worldwide. Students receive comprehensive pre-enrollment guidance & access to thousands of articles, videos, alumni stories & other resources to learn about job markets & the process of moving abroad. All graduates receive lifetime job search guidance, including personalized assistance from ITA's Student Affairs experts, in addition to access to alumni networks of more than 45,000 graduates across the globe. Since 2023, ITA also offers guaranteed job placement programs for individuals seeking end-to-end personalized support in gaining an overseas teaching position.

In addition to winning the People's Choice Award, ITA also won the 2024 Innovative TEFL/Teach Abroad Program Award for the first time.

For our Innovative Teach Abroad Program submission, ITA highlighted its specialty Teaching Test Prep Skills course providing in-depth training on preparing students for English proficiency exams. Consistently innovating new tools and courses for our alumni and prospective students, this course is among a variety of advanced trainings that can be taken to enhance English teaching ability and confidence. Read more about ITA's specialty course offerings here.

In past years, ITA alumnus Jack Ross' video, "Thank you Vietnam" won the 2020 Innovative Student Video Award. In addition, ITA has received nominations for awards in TEFL Innovation (2020, 2023), Alumni Engagement (2017), Philanthropy (2016, 2021, 2022) and the STA Start the Adventure Award (2016), an honor for an individual most influential in international education, our founder and president Bruce Jones was the nominee.

International TEFL Academy would like to thank the GoAbroad Innovation Awards Academy Members for the honor of being selected as a finalist, all of those who voted for ITA in the winning of the People's Choice Award and we salute all nominations & winners. Check out a full list of 2024 GoAbroad Awards winners here.

Don't Cancel: My Experience Teaching in Vietnam at 70

Susan Guggenheim — Fri, 31 May 2024 17:22:56 GMT

The happiest day of my life was when my United States Social Security pension started. I was 67 and a few months old. Finally, I could do anything I wanted (or nothing). I immediately started making plans to travel. First, a solo trip to Rome in 2019, and a few months later to Naples, with my sister. Then, unfortunately, COVID hit – what a bummer for a natural-born traveler. However, I finally got back to traveling in the fall of 2021, hitching a ride with a flamenco dance school on tour and for 3 weeks, visiting Seville, Cadiz, and Jerez.

I learned something valuable in Seville, and no, it wasn’t flamenco. After exhausting all the tours and trips and wandering around, in the third week, I realized that I had no purpose there. I was not learning flamenco like my tour friends. I was not working as a digital nomad. I was a tourist day after day. This was just a persistent thought, and it was not until a three week trip to Greece and Cyprus in April 2023 with my sister-in-law that I not only found something meaningful to do while I traveled the world, but I also got a "wallop upside the head" on what was valuable about my own lived experience.

I started traveling when I was 17. My first trip, organized by my mother, was an immersion course in Spanish language in Mexico through living with a family in Patzcuaro. I was fluent after that trip. I left high school graduating early, and went to Ireland with the same program. After that, we went to London, and Paris, and ended up in Florence. I met someone, stayed for 6 months, and in the process, learned Italian (maybe not fluently, but very competently). The reason why I’m telling you all this because in 2017, I was diagnosed with Lyme disease. No one knows if I had it for one year or ten, but it damaged the centers for language in my brain. All the Spanish and Italian I had learned over the years was gone.

I was sitting in my office in May of 2023 when I had an epiphany. I realized I should stop regretting losing Spanish and Italian because those languages are not my most valuable asset. English is my most valuable language!

I searched for a TEFL school, and compared five to six of them, but really, International TEFL Academy was my first and only choice because of the 20-hour student teaching requirement. I also liked the resources available to me even before I signed up – like the country comparison download, the videos, the blogs, the ebook for older teachers, and others.

I submitted a form, and an ITA Advisor called me from Chicago. I promptly signed up with a payment plan, and started my online TEFL course in September 2023. However, I did one thing between signing up and the start of my course that changed my life. I did not call my advisor back and cancel my course. Every day, I looked at the ITA Cancellation Policy, and every day I said, “This is crazy, I should cancel this.” Every day went by like that until the class started. I am so glad I did this out-of-character, ridiculous, crazy thing – getting TEFL certified!

I did my student teaching with an NGO that sponsors refugees from around the world. The day I emailed them asking for a student teaching opportunity in my community, was the day they decided to offer an ESL class to their current group of new immigrants: 27 people, 50% Spanish speaking. I had 3 helpers, students who were from a local university. But talk about drinking from a fire hose! At first, my lessons were too high-level, too fast, and too much TTT (Teacher Talking Time). My students ranged from pre-literate (A0) to university graduate (B1-B2) language levels. I learned quickly that I needed to slow down, go back to basics, use pictures, scaffolding, TPR (Total Physical Response), and TPRS (Teaching Proficiency Through Reading and Storytelling). I was an experienced trainer of software and customers using the software, but none of that prepared me to teach English as a Foreign Language. I was so glad I had the course, the textbook, my ITA instructor, and my coursemates to rely on for help.

In December, before I finished my student teaching requirement, I started looking for countries to start teaching English at 70 years old. Because I have my pension, and because I didn’t want to relocate or live long term in a foreign country (been there, done that 5-6 times), I chose to become a teaching volunteer. I was looking in Latin America, still wistfully thinking I’d recover my lost Spanish. On all the sites for volunteering for free, I kept seeing a listing for an organization in Hanoi called VCV. The listing was up to date, the website looked good, and the information was given in a professional manner, so even though I had no intention of going to Vietnam, I filled out the form, then spoke with a rep on Zoom and well, the rest is history.

I left for Vietnam in February of 2024, and returned in April. I’m planning to return for January through May 2025 because I want to again teach 60 students Business English at Hanoi University of Science and Technology, for an entire semester this time.

So, let’s sum it up – when I realized that English is my most valuable language, and once I could prove it with a TEFL certificate, I went to Vietnam and found: a country I love, a purpose I’m passionate about, and friends to whom I’m committed. With my business background and TEFL certificate, I got to teach amazing students like my Saturday class of electrical engineers, my evening class of software developers, and my Friday class of 60 HUST students.

I know this sounds corny, and I must seem like a naive, starry-eyed ingenue (until you know my age), but my ITA TEFL course truly has changed my life, and I’m heading into opportunities and projects and plans that would not have appeared had I chosen to cancel my course registration. My advice to anyone interested in learning how to Teach English as a Foreign Language is to sign up for an ITA course, and then don’t cancel.

For more experience teaching in Vietnam over 40 check out this video:

What is ESL? A Comprehensive Guide to the World of Teaching English

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Fri, 02 Feb 2024 21:35:15 GMT

If you have a passion for connecting with individuals from diverse backgrounds and want to acquire a skill set that can open doors to professional opportunities both locally and globally, then teaching English as a Second Language (ESL) might just be the perfect career choice for you! With over 1.5 billion people worldwide learning English and more than 5 million students enrolled in ESL classes in American public schools, the field of teaching English offers a wide range of possibilities and is one of the fastest-growing sectors in international education.

As an ESL teacher, the possibilities are endless. You have the opportunity to teach English to professionals in Madrid, inspire and empower high school students in Tokyo, and make a lasting impact on the lives of young learners and adults in your local community. But that's not all - with the power of technology, you can even reach students halfway across the world through teaching English online! Imagine the incredible connections you can make and the lives you can change by helping people learn English. The world truly becomes your classroom when you embark on a career in teaching English as a Second Language.

What is ESL?

ESL stands for English as a Second Language. It refers to the teaching and learning of English by non-native speakers. ESL programs focus on language skills, including speaking, listening, reading, and writing, to help individuals communicate effectively in English-speaking environments.

ESL encapsulates the dynamic field of teaching English to non-native speakers. Much like its counterparts, Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL) and Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL), ESL opens doors to a myriad of professional opportunities for teaching English abroad and in native-English-speaking countries.

Understanding the Terminology: ESL, TEFL, TESOL, and TESL

In the vast landscape of language instruction, the terms ESL, TEFL, TESOL, and TESL often intermingle. Essentially, they share the common goal of teaching English to non-native speakers. While TEFL and TESOL are generally interchangeable, on a more technical level, TESOL is the term applied to the teaching of English to non-native speakers in native English-speaking countries. It refers to those who will earn degrees and teach ESL in the field domestically in the UK, Canada, Australia, Ireland, New Zealand, South Africa, and the U.S.

"TEFL" is the term most commonly used when referring to teaching English in foreign, non-native-speaking nations. TESL also refers to the teaching of English in native English-speaking countries.

Is There Demand for ESL Teachers?

According to the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), ESL learners number over 5 million students and comprise about 10% of the entire student body in U.S. K-12 classrooms. In addition, more than one billion people are learning English worldwide. So demand for ESL teachers is very high across the board.

Why is Demand So High for English Language Instruction?

In today's globalized and digitalized economy, English has established itself as the primary language for international commerce, education, travel, the Internet, health services, and many other fields. Learning English has become essential for individuals worldwide, offering them enhanced personal, educational, and professional opportunities.

Even in non-English speaking countries, English proficiency is often a requirement for high-paying jobs and admission into top university programs. Millions of people also aspire to study, work, or immigrate to English-speaking countries like the United States, Canada, Australia, and the United Kingdom, where achieving a high level of English fluency is crucial.

What Are The Benefits of Teaching ESL?

ESL teaching offers numerous benefits, both professionally and personally. As a fast-growing field with worldwide demand, it provides opportunities to make a sustainable income almost anywhere in the world. Furthermore, it enables you to make a positive, life-changing impact on the lives of your students.

Global Career Opportunities

With the demand for English teachers growing exponentially, ESL teaching opens doors to exploring the world. From Asia to Europe, Latin America to the Middle East, there are abundant opportunities for aspiring teachers. Because demand is high and so widespread, no field may offer more opportunities to work overseas for a native or fluent English speaker than teaching English as a second language (ESL). So, if you want to live abroad and travel the world, getting TEFL certified and teaching ESL is an option you should consider.

Cultural Immersion

Whether you teach in your country or abroad, teaching ESL allows you to interact with people from a wide array of cultural backgrounds. It presents a unique opportunity to broaden your horizons and establish meaningful connections with people in your local community and from across the globe.

Personal Growth and Development

As an ESL teacher, you will develop essential skills such as communication, group management, public speaking, organizational skills, adaptability, and cultural sensitivity. These skills are not only invaluable in the classroom but also transferable to various other professional settings.

How Much Can I Earn Teaching ESL?

According to GlassDoor.com, the average salary for an ESL teacher (which requires university-level TESOL training for teaching in public schools) is $50,953 in the United States. Teachers with a Master’s Degree in TESOL and experience will typically make more.

Based on factors such as qualifications, experience, and training, individuals with a TEFL certification or another qualification for teaching ESL have the potential to earn between $20 and $80 per hour teaching outside of the public school system. These opportunities can be found in the private sector as tutors or teaching adult students in private language institutes.

How Much Can I Make Teaching ESL Abroad?

English teacher salaries around the world for those with a TESOL or TEFL certificate (or a degree in TESOL) vary greatly depending on the country, the type of school, and other factors. Countries where ESL teachers make the highest salaries (and often receive benefits like free airfare, health insurance, and housing), include Asian nations such as South Korea and Japan, as well as Persian Gulf nations like Saudi Arabia and the U.A.E.

Native speakers with advanced credentials such as a degree in education, a degree in TESOL, and a teaching license from nations like the U.S. or U.K. may qualify for ESL teaching positions at private international schools or universities that can pay $50K - $100K and often include benefits like housing, annual home leave, and health insurance.

How Can I Teach ESL Abroad?

A TEFL certification is a globally recognized credential that certifies an individual's qualification to teach English as a foreign language, typically in non-native English-speaking countries. Whether in a foreign country or online, this certification is often a prerequisite for ESL teaching positions.

You can also teach English abroad if you possess a degree in education or TESOL. However, even if you are an experienced teacher with advanced credentials, if you don't have specific experience in the field of teaching English as a second language, taking an accredited TEFL course will provide training and a recognized qualification you need to get hired by legitimate employers worldwide.

Do I Need Teaching Experience or an Education Degree to Teach ESL Abroad?

You do not need prior teaching experience or even a college degree to take a TEFL certification and teach English abroad, though many jobs have specific requirements for more advanced credentials, and some countries have national requirements for a degree or a teaching license, especially for more advanced ESL teaching positions.

How Does TEFL Certification Work?

Accredited TEFL certification programs provide comprehensive training, encompassing at least 100 hours of coursework and a practicum involving live teaching with non-native English speakers. These programs, guided by qualified instructors, adhere to standards set by independent organizations within the field. Job search guidance is a valuable component, ensuring that certified individuals are well-equipped for the ESL teaching landscape.

Navigating TEFL Certification Course Options

TEFL certification programs for teaching ESL abroad and online are available both in-person and online. Completion of these programs results in the award of a TEFL certificate, a testament to an individual's readiness to teach English globally. When choosing a program, accreditation becomes paramount, guaranteeing high-quality training and adherence to educational standards.

An accredited TEFL certification school will provide training from a highly qualified instructor covering the skills and tools you will need to work as a professional English teacher. Professional-level TEFL courses must meet certain standards and include live practice teaching. These standards include:

At least 100 hours of coursework (equivalent to a four-week intensive, full-time in-person TEFL class);
At least 6-20 hours of practicum (live practice teaching and observation with actual non-native English speakers and NOT role-playing with fellow TEFL classmates);
An accredited curriculum from a recognized, independent organization within the field;
Instruction provided by a qualified instructor (who has an equivalent to a Master's Degree in TESOL or a related field);
It is also recommended that you take your TEFL certification course from an organization that provides comprehensive job search guidance.

Can I Earn A Valid TEFL Certification Online for Teaching ESL Abroad?

The rise of online education prompts the question: Can online TEFL certification be recognized by employers worldwide? The answer is affirmative, provided the online course is accredited and meets professional standards. However, caution is advised, as some online courses lack essential components such as a practicum, diminishing their recognition in the ESL job market.

What are the Requirements to Teach ESL in American Public Schools?

Requirements for obtaining a teaching position in ESL at a U.S. public school can vary depending on the state and school district. Generally, a bachelor's degree is required, preferably in education or TESOL. Individuals without a TESOL degree will often need to obtain a certification that includes ESL-specific training.

Expert Tip: Are you considering a career as an ESL teacher but uncertain if it's the right path for you? Gain practical experience by enrolling in a TEFL certification course and teaching English in a foreign country for a year or two to determine if teaching is your calling. Obtaining a TEFL certification is more cost-effective and less time-consuming than pursuing an additional degree in TESOL at the university level. Moreover, if you decide that teaching abroad isn't your passion, you'll save yourself from the expense of obtaining a master's in TESOL, while still experiencing the opportunity to work, live, and travel abroad!

Can I Teach ESL Online?

YES! With the explosion of online education, especially in the wake of the COVID pandemic, teaching English online has become a multi-billion dollar worldwide industry. This has created innumerable opportunities for those with a TEFL certification or a degree in TESOL to make income while impacting the lives of students around the globe.

Many certified ESL teachers overseas and in their home countries teach English online part-time as a way to supplement their income as an English teacher at a local school. Others teach English online full-time, which gives them the chance to move more frequently from country to country. Indeed, they can earn an income while teaching English online from anywhere as long as they have a strong Internet connection. Most teachers are able to make at least $10-$20 (USD) per hour to start.

Can I Make Money Tutoring ESL?

Like teaching English online, private tutoring and giving private lessons in ESL have become a multi-billion dollar worldwide industry. Across the globe, it is common for parents to invest heavily in private lessons to help their children get ahead in their English studies. Likewise, many business professionals in sectors ranging from tourism to health services also take private language lessons to maximize their potential.

Many ESL teachers will recruit students for private tutoring on their own - essentially setting up their own tutoring business. Others may get students assigned to them from a language school or website that matches students with teachers. Most first-time English teachers can make $10-$20 an hour, though rates will vary depending on the local market. Teachers with more experience and advanced credentials can earn substantially more.

One of the most profitable areas for tutoring ESL is providing test preparation for English language proficiency exams. Each year, over 12 million individuals take English proficiency exams to qualify for employment, study abroad opportunities, and university programs that require English language skills. Due to the high stakes involved in passing these exams, prospective test takers often invest significantly in specialized training that guides and supports them in achieving success. In numerous countries, qualified tutors can earn $35-$55 or more per hour by offering private lessons for test preparation.

English Teacher in Saudi Arabia Salary: How Much Can You Make?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Tue, 05 Dec 2023 16:50:56 GMT

As Saudi Arabia continues to expand its influence in diplomacy, commerce, and even sports, such as soccer and golf, the demand for English language education has skyrocketed. The Saudi government has made English education a top national priority, including “enabling students to acquire basic language skills,” “developing students’ positive attitude toward learning English”, and “helping students gain the linguistic skills needed in different professions.”

The growing job market for English teachers in Saudi Arabia is competitive but highly lucrative, offering tax-free salaries ranging from $1,500 to $3,000 per month or even more. In addition to the financial perks, teachers can enjoy benefits like airfare, health insurance, and furnished housing. With a large expatriate population and a growing number of Saudis pursuing higher education in English-speaking countries, the demand for English language education continues to rise. This has generated a strong demand for specialized training to excel in English proficiency exams required for admission to English language universities.

English Teacher Salary in Saudi Arabia

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in Saudi Arabia?

Typically, English teachers in Saudi Arabia can expect to earn $1,500 - $3,000 USD (approx. 5600 - 1100 SAR*) per month tax-free, and probably more for those with additional experience and credentials. It is common for employers to pay for teacher's housing and flight costs.

The salary you can expect as a teacher will vary depending on the teaching position you decide to pursue. If you have previous teaching experience, this could potentially result in higher starting pay rates, and as you gain more experience, your salary is likely to increase accordingly.

* The abbreviation for the Saudi Arabian riyal is SAR.

Saudi Arabia Teaching Salary: The Details

There are a variety of avenues for English teachers to gain employment in Saudi Arabi:

Teaching adults, business professionals, or children in private language schools and occasionally in vocational colleges;
Teaching children and teenagers in International schools or public schools;
Private tutoring children and adults, often for standardized proficiency exams;
Teaching English online;
A combination of the above.

NOTE: If you have advanced teaching credentials, you may have the opportunity to secure a teaching position in an elite international school, a private bilingual grade school, or even a college or university. These positions often come with higher salaries and additional benefits compared to those available to first-time teachers.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in Saudi Arabia Details
Language School / International School Salary	Between $1,800 and $5,000 USD per month
Private Tutoring Salary	$20-$50+ USD per hour
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$500-$1,000 USD per month
Start-up Costs	$1,000 - $1,500 USD (3,750 - 5,600 SAR)

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. Saudi Arabia Private Language & International School Salaries

Saudi Arabia offers some of the highest salaries in the world for English teachers, but it also comes with a competitive job market and high hiring standards. Many positions require a degree in education, and preference is given to those with previous teaching experience or a Master's degree. This can make it challenging for TEFL-certified teachers, especially those who are just starting out.

The school year in Saudi Arabia starts near the end of August and ends in June. However, private language institutes that cater primarily to adults in the business community do not necessarily operate according to the academic calendar used by grade schools and universities. Most primary and high schools recruit in the spring for positions beginning in August. Private language institutes catering to business professionals do not necessarily operate according to the standard academic calendar and may hire year-round based on need.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities like Riyadh earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at private language and International schools in Saudi Arabia can expect to make anywhere between $1,500 - $3,000 USD per month or more if they possess advanced credentials and experience.

Visa Options for Teaching English in Saudi Arabia

Work Visa for Teaching English in Saudi Arabia

It is standard practice for English teachers in Saudi Arabia to receive a sponsored work visa which will be processed in their home country before departure.

2. Saudi Arabia Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students is common among English teachers in Saudi Arabia and can be lucrative. Teachers who choose this route are often:

Teaching English in Saudi Arabia at a private language or International school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Expatriates living in Saudi Arabia because their spouse has a job and they are looking to make money and enjoy a productive life by tutoring either full-time or part-time;

In many cases, students and other folks you meet in your daily life will approach you and ask if you can provide private lessons. Still, getting clients for private lessons can be a marketing exercise. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, embassies, or corner shops;
Advertise in local periodicals, especially those that cater to university students, professionals, and ex-pats;
Send notices to local public schools announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English.
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.), and professional associations who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them.
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, and even travel agencies and tourism companies.
Get ESL business cards made with Arabic on one side and English on the other.
Enroll in ITA's English Tutoring Specialty Course. This course will not only provide you with enhanced teaching skills in a private tutoring setting but also incorporate practical guidelines for how to set up your own tutoring business.
Enroll in ITA's Teaching Test Prep Skills Specialty Course. Many Saudi Arabian students seek to study in universities in English-speaking nations and will pay high fees to receive specialized training to prepare for standardized exams they need to pass to gain entry to universities in the US and UK. This course will provide you with the skills you need to help these students maximize their scores on such tests (and boost your resume for higher-paying jobs!).

It's important to note that when charging higher rates, you must be able to demonstrate the value and expertise you bring to the table. Emphasize your qualifications, teaching experience, and any specialized training you have received. This will help potential clients understand why they should invest in your services and why your rates are justified.

Ultimately, the key to success as a private ESL tutor in Saudi Arabia is to continuously improve your teaching skills, market yourself effectively, and deliver exceptional results for your students. As you gain a positive reputation and a loyal client base, you can confidently increase your rates and enjoy a rewarding and financially lucrative career in private tutoring.

PRO TIP! Tutoring English is a multi-billion dollar global market. If you want to take advantage of lucrative opportunities in this field - or even to build your own English tutoring business, ITA highly recommends taking the Tutoring English TEFL Specialty Course.

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in Saudi Arabia?

If you're just starting out as a private ESL tutor in Saudi Arabia, you can expect to charge around $20-$50 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons. However, if you're teaching small groups of 2-3 students, you have the opportunity to increase your rates as the cost can be split among them. Additionally, if you're able to market yourself to Saudi Arabian elites and ex-pat professionals, especially those working at embassies or multinational corporations, you can potentially charge higher rates and earn upwards of $60-$80+ per hour.

3. Saudi Arabia Teaching English Online Salaries

Like private ESL tutoring, teaching English online provides a viable way for teachers to make extra money. Some digital-nomad-style English teachers in teach online as their sole job and income, but in Saudi Arabia most do it to supplement the income they earn from teaching at a private language/ International school or from private tutoring. This could be a great option for you if you are already in Saudi Arabia - say on your partner or spouse's work visa - and looking to make extra cash.

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to Saudi Arabia. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move and will ensure that you have an income immediately upon your arrival in Saudi Arabia.

Additional Reading: To learn more about how much you can earn from online ESL teaching, please read How Much Money Can I Make Teaching English Online? Need help to find an online teaching platform? Check out Non-Chinese ESL Companies to Teach English Online With.

Expenses for Teaching English in Saudi Arabia

Two categories of expenses need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in Saudi Arabia:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Saudi Arabia

Start-up costs are expenses you will incur from your arrival in Saudi Arabia until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like a security deposit and first month's rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc.

Start-up costs to cover your first month of living in Saudi Arabia will usually range somewhere between $1,000 - $1,500 USD (3,750 - 5,600 SAR). This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in Saudi Arabia. If you have more, great, but if you have less, you may find yourself stretched financially.

When planning ahead, it's important to remember that there are other start-up costs to consider before embarking on your teaching adventure in Saudi Arabia. These may include the cost of your TEFL certification, airfare to Saudi Arabia (often this will be covered by your employer), and any costs associated with obtaining necessary documents like your passport, visa, etc.

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in Saudi Arabia

Cost of living refers to everyday monthly expenses you will incur during your time in Saudi Arabia. The minimum cost of living in Saudi Arabia is modest ($500-$1,000 a month), and salaries ($1,500 - $3,000 a month) for first-time ESL teachers are generous. English teachers typically live comfortably on what they earn, but financial planning is still imperative to prepare you for success. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses (although it is common that your employer will provide you with housing and cover your rent)
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary. On average, English teachers in Saudi Arabia save up to $800+ USD per month after expenses.

Go further:

English Teacher in Oman Salary: How Much Can You Make in Oman?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Tue, 05 Dec 2023 16:30:40 GMT

Located on the eastern tip of the Arabian Peninsula, where the Persian Gulf meets the Indian Ocean, the Sultanate of Oman has been a crossroads of commerce and culture for thousands of years. Today, as a dynamic nation with a fast-modernizing economy based on oil, gas, and international trade, it is emerging as one of the most attractive - and lucrative - destinations for teaching English in the Middle East.

Despite the intense competition in Oman due to its small size and strict hiring requirements, qualified educators have the opportunity to embark on a fulfilling career with enticing benefits. Not only can they enjoy a tax-free monthly salary ranging from $1,600 to $3,000 or possibly even more, but they can also indulge in additional perks such as airfare, health insurance, and furnished housing.

As the expatriate population continues to grow and international commerce flourishes, there has been a remarkable increase in the demand for English language education in Oman. With more Omanis pursuing higher education in the UK and the USA, schools and students are investing heavily in qualified English instructors. This demand extends to traditional schools as well as language institutes that cater to business professionals. Additionally, there is a strong need for specialized training to excel in English proficiency exams, which are necessary for admission to English language universities and to qualify for specific jobs that require certain levels of fluency in English.

English Teacher Salary in Oman

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in Oman?

Typically, English teachers in Oman can expect to earn $1,600 - $3,000 USD (approx. 600 - 1150 OMR*) per month tax-free, and probably more if you possess additional experience and credentials. It is typical for schools to pay for teacher's housing (furnished) and to cover flight costs.

As a qualified English teacher in Oman, your salary will differ depending on the teaching role you choose. Having prior teaching experience can lead to higher starting pay rates, and as you gain more experience, your salary is likely to increase.

* The abbreviation for the Omani Rial is OMR.

Oman Teaching Salary: The Details

Qualified English teachers can gain employment in a variety of schools in Oman. For those who choose to teach English in this vibrant country, there are various avenues to explore:

Teaching adults, business professionals, or children in private language schools and occasionally in vocational colleges;
Teaching children and teenagers in International schools;
Private tutoring children and adults, often for standardized proficiency exams;
Teaching English online;
A combination of the above.

Keep in mind that if you possess advanced teaching credentials, the doors to prestigious international schools, private bilingual grade schools, or even colleges and universities may open up for you. These coveted positions often come with attractive salary packages and additional perks that surpass what is typically offered to first-time teachers.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in Oman Details
Language School / International School Salary	Between $1,800 and $5,000 USD per month
Private Tutoring Salary	$20-$50+ USD per hour
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$800 - $1,550 USD (300 - 600 OMR)
Start-up Costs	Between $1,100 and $1,500 USD

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. Oman Private Language & International School Salaries

Although Oman is a small country of under 3.5 million residents (many of whom are expatriates), there is still a great demand for English teachers in and around major cities like Muscat. With some of the highest salaries in the world, the job market is quite competitive and hiring standards are high. Many teaching jobs require a degree specifically in education, with a strong preference for those who have previous teaching experience. This often makes Oman a harder market for first-time TEFL-certified teachers to gain employment, especially beginner TEFL teachers with little to no teaching experience.

While the academic year in Oman typically follows the traditional calendar (August - June), it's important to note that private language institutes catering to adults in the business community may not adhere to the same schedule. These institutes often have a flexible hiring process and may hire teachers throughout the year based on their specific needs. So, if you're looking to teach English in Oman, keep in mind that there are opportunities available beyond the usual recruitment periods in the winter/spring, allowing for more flexibility in securing a teaching position.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities like Muscat earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at private language and International schools in Oman can expect to make anywhere between $1,600 - $3,000 USD per month or more if they possess advanced credentials and experience.

Visa Options for Teaching English in Oman

Work Visa for Teaching English in Oman

It is standard practice for English teachers in Oman to receive a sponsored work visa which will be processed in their home country before departure.

2. Oman Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students (especially adults) is common among English teachers in Oman and can be lucrative. Teachers who choose this route are often:

Teaching English in Oman at a private language or International school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Teaching English online and seeking supplemental income by privately tutoring students in addition to their online teaching job;

Getting clients for private lessons is a marketing exercise, and all the avenues that seem appropriate to your circumstances have to be explored. In many cases, students or people you encounter in your daily life will approach you asking you for private lessons and tutoring. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, embassies, or corner shops;
Advertise in local periodicals, especially those that cater to university students, professionals, and ex-pats;
Send notices to local public schools announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English.
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.), and professional associations who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them.
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, and even travel agencies and tourism companies.
Get ESL business cards made with Arabic on one side and English on the other.
Enroll in ITA's English Tutoring Specialty Course. This course will not only provide you with enhanced teaching skills in a private tutoring setting but also incorporates practical guidelines for how to set up your own tutoring business.
Enroll in ITA's Teaching Test Prep Skills Specialty Course. Many Omani students seek to study in universities in English-speaking nations and will pay high fees (up to $50 an hour or more) to receive specialized training to prepare for standardized exams they need to pass to gain entry to universities in the US and UK. This course will provide you with the skills you need to help these students maximize their scores on such tests (and boost your resume for higher-paying jobs!).

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in Oman?

If you're just starting out as a private ESL tutor in Oman, you can expect to charge around $20-$50 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons. This range is quite common and reflects the market rates for private tutoring in the country. However, as you gain more experience and establish yourself as a reputable and effective tutor, there are opportunities to increase your rates.

One way to do this is by teaching small groups of 2-3 students. By splitting the cost among the students, you can justify charging a higher rate per hour. This not only allows you to earn more money but also provides a more interactive and dynamic learning environment for your students.

Another avenue to explore is targeting Omani elites and ex-pat professionals, particularly those working at embassies or multinational corporations. These individuals often have a higher budget for English tutoring and are willing to pay a premium for quality instruction. By marketing yourself to this niche market, you can potentially charge higher rates and earn upwards of $60-$80+ per hour.

Ultimately, the key to success as a private ESL tutor in Oman is to continuously improve your teaching skills, market yourself effectively, and deliver exceptional results for your students. As you gain a positive reputation and a loyal client base, you can confidently increase your rates and enjoy a rewarding and financially lucrative career in private tutoring.

3. Oman Teaching English Online Salaries

Like private ESL tutoring, teaching English online is an extremely popular way for teachers to make money. Some digital-nomad-style English teachers in Oman teach online as their sole job and income, while others do it to supplement the income they earn from teaching at a private language/ International school or from private tutoring. This could be a great option for you if you are already in Oman - say on your partner or spouse's work visa - and looking to make extra cash.

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to Oman. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move.

Expenses for Teaching English in Oman

Two categories of expenses need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in Oman:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Oman

Start-up costs are expenses you will incur from your arrival in Oman until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like a security deposit and first month's rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc.

Start-up costs to cover your first month of living in Oman will usually range somewhere between $1,100 and $1,500 USD. This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in Oman. If you have more, great, but if you have less, you may find yourself stretched financially.

When planning ahead, it's important to remember that there are other start-up costs to consider before embarking on your teaching adventure in Oman. These will include the cost of your TEFL certification, airfare to Oman (although sometimes this may be covered by your employer), and any costs associated with obtaining necessary documents like your passport, visa, etc.

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in Oman

Cost of living refers to everyday monthly expenses you will incur during your time in Oman. The cost of living in Oman is somewhat modest ($800 - $1,550 USD - 300 - 600 OMR) and salaries ($1,600 - $3,000 a month) for first-time ESL teachers are generous. English teachers typically live comfortably on what they earn, but financial planning is still imperative to prepare you for success. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses (although it is common that your employer will provide you with housing and cover your rent)
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary. On average, English teachers in Oman save up to $800+ USD per month after expenses.

Go further:

English Teacher in Qatar Salary: How Much Can You Make in Qatar?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Tue, 05 Dec 2023 16:20:56 GMT

Located on a small peninsula off the eastern coast of Saudi Arabia in the Persian Gulf, Qatar represents a small yet highly lucrative job market for English teachers in the heart of the Middle East. With a population of less than 3 million (85% of which are expatriates), Qatar may be a small nation, but as a world leader in natural gas and petroleum production that is also an up-and-coming center of trade and finance, it has become one of the richest countries on earth (per capita). Its remarkable rise to prominence extends beyond its economic prowess as it became the first Arab nation - and one of the smallest nations - to host a FIFA World Cup ((soccer/football))- the world's most watched sporting event - in 2022. Qatar is also one of the most lucrative job markets for teaching English abroad.

With its small size and highly attractive offerings like high salaries and a cosmopolitan lifestyle, competition for English teaching jobs in Qatar can be fierce, but qualified educators can expect to make a tax-free monthly salary ranging from $1,600 to $4,000 or potentially even more. In addition to the financial perks, teachers can also indulge in extra benefits like airfare, health insurance, and furnished housing.

Is There a High Demand for English Teachers in Qatar?

With a growing population of expatriates, a thriving international business scene, and an increasing number of Qataris seeking higher education opportunities in the UK and the USA, the demand for English language education has skyrocketed in recent years.

Schools and students alike are now eager to invest in highly qualified English instructors, both for traditional school settings and language institutes that cater to professionals in the business sector. There is also a strong demand for specialized training to excel in English proficiency exams required for admission to English language universities.

Read More: Teaching English in Qatar

English Teacher Salary in Qatar

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in Qatar?

Typically, English teachers in Qatar can expect to earn $1,600 - $4,000 USD (approx. 5,500 - 9,100 QAR*) per month tax-free, and probably more if you possess additional experience and credentials. It is common for employers to pay for teacher's housing and often to provide a reimbursement for flight costs.

As a teacher, your salary will vary depending on the teaching position you choose. Previous teaching experience can lead to higher starting pay rates, and as you gain more experience, your salary is likely to increase accordingly. So, if you're an experienced teacher, you can expect to earn a higher salary compared to someone just starting out in the field.

* The abbreviation for the Qatari riyal is QAR.

Qatar Teaching Salary: The Details

TEFL-certified teachers have a multitude of teaching opportunities awaiting them in Qatar. For those who choose to teach English, there are various avenues to explore:

Teaching adults, business professionals, or children in private language schools and occasionally in vocational colleges or even universities;
Teaching children and teenagers in International schools;
Private tutoring children and adults, often for standardized proficiency exams;
Teaching English online;
A combination of the above.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in Qatar Details
Language School / International School Salary	Between $1,800 and $5,000 USD per month
Private Tutoring Salary	$20-$50+ USD per hour
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$800 -$2,000 USD per month
Start-up Costs	Between $1,500 and $2,500 USD

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. Qatar Private Language & International School Salaries

Although Qatar is a small country of under 2 million residents, there is still a great demand for English teachers in and around major cities like Doha. With some of the highest salaries in the world, the job market is quite competitive and hiring standards are high. Many teaching jobs require a degree specifically in education, with a strong preference for those who have previous teaching experience. This often makes Qatar a harder market for TEFL-certified teachers to gain employment, especially beginner TEFL teachers with little to no teaching experience.

The academic calendar in Qatar typically starts in August and ends in June, aligning with primary and high schools. These schools often recruit during the first six months of the year for positions beginning with this start date.

However, private language institutes that cater to the business community may have different schedules and hire teachers based on their needs throughout the year. So, if you're interested in teaching at these institutes, you may have opportunities to secure a position outside of the standard academic calendar.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities like Qatar City earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at private language and International schools in Qatar can expect to make anywhere between $1,600 - $4,000 USD per month or more if they possess advanced credentials and experience.

Visa Options for Teaching English in Qatar

Work Visa for Teaching English in Qatar

It is standard practice for English teachers in Qatar to receive a sponsored work visa which will be processed in their home country before departure.

2. Qatar Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students (especially adults) is common among English teachers in Qatar and can be lucrative. Teachers who choose this route are often:

Teaching English in Qatar at a private language or International school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Expatriates already living in Qatar who want to teach English online and/or privately tutor students.

Many students and other folks you meet in daily life may just approach you and inquire about your availability as an English tutor. Still, getting clients for private lessons is often a marketing exercise, and all the avenues that seem appropriate to your circumstances have to be explored. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, embassies, or corner shops;
Advertise in local periodicals, especially those that cater to university students, professionals, and ex-pats;
Send notices to local public schools announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English.
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.), and professional associations who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them.
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, and even travel agencies and tourism companies.
Get ESL business cards made with Arabic on one side and English on the other.
Enroll in ITA's English Tutoring Specialty Course. This course will not only provide you with enhanced teaching skills in a private tutoring setting but also incorporate practical guidelines for how to set up your own tutoring business.
Enroll in ITA's Teaching Test Prep Skills Specialty Course. Many Qatari students seek to study in universities in English-speaking nations and will pay high fees to receive specialized training to prepare for standardized exams they need to pass to gain entry to universities in the US and UK. This course will provide you with the skills you need to help these students maximize their scores on such tests (and boost your resume for higher-paying jobs!).

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in Qatar?

If you're just starting out as a private ESL tutor in Qatar, you can expect to charge around $20-$50 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons. However, if you're teaching small groups of 2-3 students, you have the opportunity to increase your rates as the cost can be split among them. Additionally, if you're able to market yourself to Qatari elites and ex-pat professionals, especially those working at embassies or multinational corporations, you can potentially charge higher rates and earn upwards of $60-$80+ per hour.

3. Qatar Teaching English Online Salaries

Teaching English online (TEO) has become increasingly popular among teachers around the world as a way to generate income. Many teachers choose to teach online to supplement their primary source of income teaching at a school. Teaching English online is also particularly appealing for those who are already in Qatar on a dependent visa and are looking to earn some extra money. Teaching English online provides flexibility in terms of scheduling and allows teachers to work from the comfort of their own homes. It can be a great option for teachers who want to start earning income before they move to Qatar or for those who want to boost their earnings while teaching in Qatar.

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to Qatar. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move and will ensure that you have an income immediately upon your arrival in Qatar.

Expenses for Teaching English in Qatar

Two categories of expenses need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in Qatar:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Qatar

Start-up costs are expenses you will incur from your arrival in Qatar until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like a security deposit and first month's rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc.

Start-up costs to cover your first month of living in Qatar will usually range somewhere between $1,500 and $2,500 USD. This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in Qatar. Having more savings is definitely a plus, but if you find yourself with less, you might face some financial challenges.

When planning ahead, it's important to remember that there are other start-up costs to consider before embarking on your teaching adventure in Qatar. These will include the cost of your TEFL certification, airfare to Qatar (although sometimes this may be covered by your employer), and any costs associated with obtaining necessary documents like your passport, visa, etc.

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in Qatar

Cost of living refers to everyday monthly expenses you will incur during your time in Qatar. The cost of living in Qatar is somewhat modest ($800 - $2,000 a month) and salaries ($1,600 - $4,000 a month) for first-time ESL teachers are generous. English teachers typically live comfortably on what they earn, but financial planning is still imperative to prepare you for success. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses (although it is common that your employer will provide you with housing and cover your rent)
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance (provided to most teachers by employer)
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary. On average, English teachers in Qatar save $800+ USD per month after expenses.

Go further:

Why Costa Rica is the Best Country for Teaching Abroad Over 40

Molly Mattison — Wed, 08 Nov 2023 19:44:08 GMT

With stunning landscapes, a stable economy, and welcoming, happy locals, would Costa Rica be the perfect destination for your second act? With a massive demand for English teachers and a low cost of living, teaching English abroad in Costa Rica provides a viable way for those over 40 to experience life abroad. What's more, you don't need a degree or prior teaching experience.

Costa Rica is the Best Country for English Teachers Working Abroad over 40 Years Old

What is the Best Country for Teaching English Abroad if I am over 40?

Costa Rica is an excellent choice for teaching English abroad if you're over 40. With its welcoming culture and demand for educators, it offers a great work-life balance and stunning natural surroundings, making it a preferred destination for many older teachers.

Read on for reasons why you may want to embrace “pura vida” and teach English abroad in this vibrant Central American nation.

1. You Don’t Want to Worry About Finding a Great English Teaching Job

With a strong economy and a large English-learning population, teaching opportunities in Costa Rica are plentiful. For the past two years, International TEFL Academy (ITA)’s TEFL certification course in Costa Rica has had a 100% job placement rate for graduates, with 80% of graduates securing jobs within two weeks.

And if you’re over 40? Even better, says Patrick Brunelle, one of the recent directors at ITA's Costa Rica course. Local students and language school directors in Costa Rica highly value the personal and professional experience that folks in their 40s and beyond bring to the table.

“It’s a percentage that’s probably hard to believe, but it’s true,” he said. “We have a 100% job placement rate, and we have employers that are calling us all the time for our teachers. I would say you have an advantage if you’re over 40 to find a job in Costa Rica. It opens a lot more doors, particularly as it pertains to private schools. We have a lot of retirees.”

ITA graduate Danielle Stephenson agrees. “I am in the latter season of my life and have decided to spend this season here in Costa Rica. Costa Rica is offering me a new career path and a beautiful place to live. The possibilities of teaching English are endless. In-person, virtual, business, and specialty lessons.”

Already TEFL certified or worried about your English teaching job search? International TEFL Academy offers a Guaranteed Job Placement Program in Costa Rica.

2. You Want to be Closer to Home (If You Are American)

One of the hardest parts of teaching English abroad can be leaving loved ones, who might include adult children or aging parents. With flight times from Miami to Costa Rica clocking in at under three hours, travel to and from the U.S. and Canada is accessible and affordable, and you can skip the jet lag.

You won’t need to miss that wedding you’ve been looking forward to - and you can expect friends and family to jump at the chance to visit the country Travel + Leisure says has “something for everyone.”

3. You Want to Learn and Improve Your Spanish

If you’ve always wanted to learn or improve your Spanish, Costa Rica may be the perfect fit for you. Ticos, as the locals are affectionately called, are known for their warmth and hospitality. You can expect encouragement as you grow your skills during everyday interactions and a welcoming social environment where you can immerse yourself further in the language.

ITA graduate Crispin finds Costa Ricans (famously known as Ticos) easy to connect with socially and feels they’re genuinely interested in the foreigners who live and work in the nation.

“All sorts of sports and social clubs are easily found, and I play football and go cycling with groups of both Ticos and expats,” he said. “The people here readily welcome visitors into their social and family groups, and my friends and I have already been to lots of parties and other social occasions with Ticos.”

4. You Love Nature and Wildlife

While only accounting for 0.03% of the Earth’s surface, Costa Rica contains nearly 6% of the world’s biodiversity. From beaches, waterfalls, and hot springs, to stunning volcanoes surrounded by lush rainforests, Costa Rica boasts diverse and spectacular landscapes that are ideal if you love outdoor recreation.

And one of the best parts? As such a small country, nearly every region can be reached in three hours or less.

5. You Want to Experience Life in One of the Happiest, Most Sustainable Countries

Check out any list of the world’s happiest countries - and you’ll likely find Costa Rica at or near the top, including taking the #1 spot on the Happy Planet Index.

At a World Economic Forum Annual Meeting, former Costa Rica President Carlos Alvarado Quesada shared some of the country’s special sauce: “Seventy years ago, Costa Rica did away with the army. This allows for many things. Eight percent of our GDP is invested in education because we don’t have to spend on the army. Our strength is human talent, human wellbeing.”

From free healthcare for citizens and free university-level education to the protection of more than 25% of Costa Rican land in national parks, with more than 98% of electricity coming from renewable sources, there are a lot of reasons to like what Costa Rica is working to achieve.

“They are doing something pretty special here - they’re trying to change the world,” said Brunelle. “Costa Rica is one of those magical spots that has just figured out how to live.”

Makes sense why the unofficial motto of the nation is “Pura Vida” - this is living!

**6. You’re Looking for Perfect Weather**

Costa Rican weather might best be described as “comfortable,” with most homes not requiring air conditioning or heating.

While living in the nation, you’ll get to skip winter. Costa Rica enjoys temperatures between 70 to 81 degrees Fahrenheit year-round, though it may be hotter on the beaches.

7. You Want to Experience Life Abroad on a Reasonable Budget

From rent and medical care to transportation and groceries, the cost of living in Costa Rica is significantly less than in nations like the U.S., Canada, and most European nations. While you probably get rich teaching English in Costa Rica, you can certainly make enough to live comfortably and to enjoy all that Costa Rica has to offer. A typical first-time English teacher typically pays the equivalent of $250 a month in rent and eats well on $10 a day or even less. Bus rides to the beach and movie tickets are $3. And, any disposable dollars that you have will go that much further and have that much more purchasing power in Costa Rica than in the U.S. or Europe.

8. You Want to Connect with the Local Community & Make a Difference

If you live in Costa Rica or have perhaps retired there, teaching English in Costa Rica provides a great way to connect with the local community, meet people, and make a difference. Whether you just want to tutor kids in the neighborhood or work full-time at a language school teaching business professionals, you can take great satisfaction in helping your students achieve their personal, educational, and professional goals. For many, learning English provides a pathway to great educational and professional opportunities that can have a meaningful impact on their lives.

How Can You Teach English in Costa Rica?

You don't need a college degree or prior teaching experience to teach English in Costa Rica. Taking an accredited TEFL certification course will provide you with the training, qualification, and job search guidance you need to get a great teaching job in Costa Rica.

Taking an accredited TEFL certification course, ITA offers a four-week TEFL certification course at our Costa Rica TEFL training center in San Ramón, located just outside the capital of San Jose. We encourage you to speak to one of our advisors to see if the course might be the right fit for you.

English Teacher in Bahrain Salary: How Much Can You Make in Bahrain?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Thu, 02 Nov 2023 21:29:17 GMT

Nestled on a stunning archipelago off the eastern coast of Saudi Arabia, Bahrain represents a small yet highly lucrative job market for English teachers in the Persian Gulf. While competition can be fierce, qualified educators can embark on a rewarding career, enjoying a tax-free monthly salary ranging from $1,500 to $3,000 or potentially even more. In addition to the financial perks, teachers can also indulge in extra benefits like airfare, health insurance, and furnished housing.

With a huge expatriate population, fast-growing international commerce, and an increasing number of Bahrainis pursuing higher education in the UK and the USA, the demand for English language education has soared in recent years. Schools and students are now willing to invest significantly in qualified English instructors, both for teaching in traditional schools and language institutes catering to business professionals. There is also a strong demand for specialized training to excel in English proficiency exams required for admission to English language universities.

Read More: Teaching English in Bahrain

English Teacher Salary in Bahrain

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in Bahrain?

Typically, English teachers in Bahrain can expect to earn $1,500 - $3,000 USD (approx. 550 - 1100 BD*) per month tax-free, and probably more if you possess additional experience and credentials. It is common for employers to pay for teacher's housing and often to provide a reimbursement for flight costs.

* The abbreviation for the Bahraini dinar is BD or BHD.

Bahrain Teaching Salary: The Details

TEFL-certified teachers have a multitude of teaching opportunities awaiting them in Bahrain. For those who choose to teach English in this vibrant country, there are various avenues to explore:

Teaching adults, business professionals, or children in private language schools and occasionally in vocational colleges;
Teaching children and teenagers in International schools;
Private tutoring children and adults, often for standardized proficiency exams;
Teaching English online;
A combination of the above.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in Bahrain Details
Language School / International School Salary	Between $1,800 and $5,000 USD per month
Private Tutoring Salary	$20-$50+ USD per hour
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$650 -$1,050 USD per month
Start-up Costs	Between $1,100 and $1,500 USD

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. Bahrain Private Language & International School Salaries

Although Bahrain is a small country of under 2 million residents, there is still a great demand for English teachers in and around major cities like Manama. With some of the highest salaries in the world, the job market is quite competitive and hiring standards are high. Many teaching jobs require a degree specifically in education, with a strong preference for those who have previous teaching experience. This often makes Bahrain a harder market for TEFL-certified teachers to gain employment, especially beginner TEFL teachers with little to no teaching experience.

The school year in Bahrain starts near the end of August and ends in June. However, private language institutes that cater primarily to adults in the business community do not necessarily operate according to the academic calendar used by grade schools and universities. Most primary and high schools recruit in the spring for positions beginning in August. Private language institutes catering to business professionals do not necessarily operate according to the standard academic calendar and may hire year-round based on need.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities like Bahrain City earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at private language and International schools in Bahrain can expect to make anywhere between $1,500 - $3,000 USD per month or more if they possess advanced credentials and experience.

Visa Options for Teaching English in Bahrain

Work Visa for Teaching English in Bahrain

It is standard practice for English teachers in Bahrain to receive a sponsored work visa which will be processed in their home country before departure.

2. Bahrain Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students (especially adults) is common among English teachers in Bahrain and can be lucrative. Teachers who choose this route are often:

Teaching English in Bahrain at a private language or International school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Teaching English online and seeking supplemental income by privately tutoring students in addition to their online teaching job;

Getting clients for private lessons is a marketing exercise, and all the avenues that seem appropriate to your circumstances have to be explored. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, embassies, or corner shops;
Advertise in local periodicals, especially those that cater to university students, professionals, and ex-pats;
Send notices to local public schools announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English.
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.), and professional associations who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them.
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, and even travel agencies and tourism companies.
Get ESL business cards made with Arabic on one side and English on the other.
Enroll in ITA's English Tutoring Specialty Course. This course will not only provide you with enhanced teaching skills in a private tutoring setting but also incorporates practical guidelines for how to set up your own tutoring business.
Enroll in ITA's Teaching Test Prep Skills Specialty Course. Many Bahraini students seek to study in universities in English-speaking nations and will pay high fees to receive specialized training to prepare for standardized exams they need to pass to gain entry to universities in the US and UK. This course will provide you with the skills you need to help these students maximize their scores on such tests (and boost your resume for higher-paying jobs!).

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in Bahrain?

If you're just starting out as a private ESL tutor in Bahrain, you can expect to charge around $20-$50 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons. However, if you're teaching small groups of 2-3 students, you have the opportunity to increase your rates as the cost can be split among them. Additionally, if you're able to market yourself to Bahraini elites and ex-pat professionals, especially those working at embassies or multinational corporations, you can potentially charge higher rates and earn upwards of $60-$80+ per hour.

3. Bahrain Teaching English Online Salaries

Like private ESL tutoring, teaching English online is an extremely popular way for teachers to make money. Some digital-nomad-style English teachers in Bahrain teach online as their sole job and income, while others do it to supplement the income they earn from teaching at a private language/ International school or from private tutoring. This could be a great option for you if you are already in Bahrain - say on your partner or spouse's work visa - and looking to make extra cash.

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to Bahrain. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move and will ensure that you have an income immediately upon your arrival in Bahrain.

Expenses for Teaching English in Bahrain

Two categories of expenses need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in Bahrain:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Bahrain

Start-up costs are expenses you will incur from your arrival in Bahrain until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like a security deposit and first month's rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc.

Start-up costs to cover your first month of living in Bahrain will usually range somewhere between $1,100 and $1,500 USD. This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in Bahrain. If you have more, great, but if you have less, you may find yourself stretched financially.

When planning ahead, it's important to remember that there are other start-up costs to consider before embarking on your teaching adventure in Bahrain. These will include the cost of your TEFL certification, airfare to Bahrain (although sometimes this may be covered by your employer), and any costs associated with obtaining necessary documents like your passport, visa, etc.

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in Bahrain

Cost of living refers to everyday monthly expenses you will incur during your time in Bahrain. The cost of living in Bahrain is somewhat modest ($650 - $1050 a month) and salaries ($1,500 - $3,000 a month) for first-time ESL teachers are generous. English teachers typically live comfortably on what they earn, but financial planning is still imperative to prepare you for success. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses (although it is common that your employer will provide you with housing and cover your rent)
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary. On average, English teachers in Bahrain save up to $800+ USD per month after expenses.

Go further:

Top Things You Must Do While Studying in Rome, Italy

Seamus McMahon — Wed, 01 Nov 2023 16:07:39 GMT

Surrounded by over 2,000 years' worth of history, it can be difficult to decide what to do and experience the "Eternal City" in such a short period of time. While attending International TEFL Academy's On-site Rome TEFL Certification Course, using the Rome Student Visa Program, or studying elsewhere in Italy like Florence or Sardinia, experiencing Italian culture is an important factor in fully enjoying the most out of your course.

Though you won't have a ton of free time for the duration of your TEFL studies due to the course's intensive nature, you should still have time to do things "as the Romans do." Whether it is sipping on a cappuccino at an outdoor cafe and observing Rome's best-dressed city dwellers, or exploring one of the city's many churches or museums, you're bound to find unmatched history (and delicious food options) at every corner. Not sure where to begin exploring Rome? We've compiled a list to get your adventure started in the City of Seven Hills.

Go Further: Requirements for Teaching English in Italy

Things to Do While Taking Your TEFL Course in Rome

1. Eat Your Way Through the Four Traditional Roman Pastas

After a long day in class, there is no better reward for your hard work than a plateful of perfection that is Roman pasta. Starting with the most simple, cacio e pepe, with a mix of pecorino cheese and pepper, these four dishes each have their own distinct flavoring by adding to that cheesy and seasoned base. Adding guanciale, deliciously fatty pork cheek, creates pasta all gricia.

Then, adding a tomato sauce on top of that creates pasta all'amatriciana, or adding eggs instead creates a creamy pasta alla carbonara. Don't be fooled by the simplicity of the ingredients, as these pastas have everything one needs for the ultimate meal. Try them all to see which one is your favorite, and join the decades-long debate among Romans on which one is the best. Our favorite places for pasta include Armando Al Pantheon, Pommidoro al 1896, and Roma Sparita.

2. Check Out a Gallery

For a Rome first-timer, we of course recommend checking out the top spots like Vatican City, the Pantheon, and the Colosseum. However, due to its history as the center of a vast empire and eventually the headquarters of Roman Catholicism, the city's wealth over the years has led to a high concentration of Western art and artisans. The old palaces of Rome's famous families now house some unbelievable galleries that beg to be seen. Galleria Borghese is home to some of the most famous sculptures by Gian Lorenzo Bernini and light-filled paintings by Caravaggio, while the Galleria Colonna offers a gilded Baroque gallery once featured in the film "Roman Holiday." Though many public art museums in the United States can boast a collection of centuries-old art, not many can also boast that their museum buildings are historic treasures themselves.

3. Join in on Aperitivo Culture

If you decide to get dinner right after class finishes, you probably won't be sitting around many locals. Most restaurants probably won't even be open for dinner yet. This is due to most city-dwellers eating later than your average American, closer to 8 p.m. So what do people do in the meantime? They enjoy Aperitivo! Considered a way to prepare your stomach for the meal ahead, Aperitivo usually consists of a drink like an Aperol Spritz and small bites. Many places in Rome will have deals where if you purchase a drink, it will usually come with salted chips, olives, or breads. You should be able to find bars offering Aperitivo close to class so you shouldn't have to go far, though one of our favorite spots for this pre-meal adventure is Bar Meccanismo in the Trastevere neighborhood.

4. Sip Your Way Through a Coffee Capital

While many things in Rome may appear relaxed to the foreign visitor, there is one thing locals are quite serious about: their coffee. Before work, Romans line up at the bar for a quick shot of espresso or indulge in a foamy cappuccino. Join in on this tradition on your way to class or, if you have more time, you can grab a seat and watch as the city begins to hum and bustle. Just note, at a lot of coffee shops you'll need to pay a little extra for table service compared to just standing at the bar. Our favorite coffee places include Caffe San Eustachio, La Casa del Caffè Tazza d'Oro, and Bar San Calisto.

5. Explore One of Rome's Many Neighborhoods

It's easy to realize once on the ground in Rome how massive the city really is, and how much there is to explore. While the main old center on the Tiber carries a lot of the popular attractions, try to venture out to other neighborhoods like Trastevere, Testaccio, or San Giovanni where you'll be taking classes. Each area has its own unique flavor and holds a lot of fantastic restaurants and places that only the neighborhood really knows about. If you want to get to know the authentic Rome and the daily life of its people, discovering these areas off of the usual tourist path will be worth your while. In Trastevere, go on a weekend morning to check out the Porta Portuense Flea Market, and after bargaining for a special Roman souvenir, rest your legs at a local favorite Bar San Calisto for an espresso and indulge in a creampuff-like maritozzi.

Planning on studying or teaching English in Rome and Italy? ITA highly recommends you consider taking the Online Italian Culture Orientation Course. Whether you're curious about Italian culture or want to fully prepare yourself for living in this country, this orientation will give you the confidence you need to adjust to daily life in Italy. By enrolling in this course, you'll get insider tips and insights into how to live in Italy like a "local" in all aspects of living the Italian lifestyle, from shopping to even dating.

Contact International TEFL Academy today to speak with an advisor to find out about accredited TEFL Certification courses for teaching English in Italy or request a brochure to learn about TEFL training courses and a comparison of the most popular countries to teach English.

English Teacher in Kuwait Salary: How Much Can You Make in Kuwait?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Tue, 31 Oct 2023 22:29:29 GMT

Though not as large as Saudi Arabia or as well known as Dubai and the UAE, Kuwait represents one of the most lucrative and competitive job markets for teaching English in the Middle East. Once little more than a local center of the pearl industry, Kuwait has developed into one of the world's largest petroleum exporters that blends traditional Arabian culture with a modern economy and a diverse population. In fact, of the country's population of 4.4 million, the Kuwaiti government estimates that 70% are foreign expatriates.

Combined with the fact that many Kuwaitis seek university educations in the UK and the USA, the demand for English language education has skyrocketed in recent decades. Schools and students are often willing to pay top dollar for qualified English instructors, both for teaching in regular schools and universities and for specialized training to prepare for English proficiency exams required to enter English language universities.

English Teacher Salary in Kuwait

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in Kuwait?

On average, English teachers in Kuwait can expect to make anywhere between $1,800 - $3,300 USD (approx. 500 - 1000 KD*) per month tax-free. It is common for employers to pay for teacher's housing and often to provide a reimbursement for flight costs. Experienced teachers can expect to earn even more.

Your salary will fluctuate depending on which teaching position you choose to pursue, which city you teach in, and how many hours you teach per week. Any previous teaching experience can possibly translate into higher starting pay rates and as you gain experience, you will likely see your salary rise accordingly.

* The abbreviation for the Kuwaiti dinar is KD.

Kuwait Teaching Salary: The Details

TEFL-certified teachers have a multitude of teaching opportunities awaiting them in Kuwait. For those who choose to teach English in this vibrant country, there are various avenues to explore:

Teaching adults, business professionals, or children in private language schools and occasionally in vocational colleges;
Teaching children and teenagers in International schools;
Private tutoring both children and adults, often for standardized proficiency exams;
Teaching English online;
A combination of the above.

NOTE: If you have advanced teaching credentials, you may have the opportunity to secure a teaching position in an international school, a private bilingual grade school, or a private high school. These positions often come with higher salaries and additional benefits compared to those available to first-time teachers.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in Kuwait Details
Language School / International School Salary	Between $1,800 and $3,300 USD per month
Private Tutoring Salary	$20-$50+ USD per hour
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$850 -$1,500 USD per month
Start-up Costs	Between $1,500 and $2,500 USD

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. Kuwait Private Language & International School Salaries

Although Kuwait is a small country of under 5 million residents (and just under the geographical size of New Jersey), there is still a great demand for English teachers in and around major cities like Kuwait City. Despite this great demand to gain employment in Kuwait, teachers are typically required to hold a degree specifically in education, with a strong preference for those who have previous teaching experience. This often makes Kuwait a harder market for TEFL-certified teachers to gain employment, especially beginner TEFL teachers with little to no teaching experience.

The school year in Kuwait starts during the last week of August and ends in June. However, private language institutes that cater primarily to adults in the business community do not necessarily operate according to the academic calendar used by grade schools and universities. Most primary and high schools recruit in the spring for positions beginning in August. Private language institutes catering to business professionals do not necessarily operate according to the standard academic calendar and may hire year-round based on need.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities like Kuwait City earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at private language and International schools in Kuwait can expect to make anywhere between $1,800 - $3,300 USD per month or more if they possess advanced credentials and experience.

Visa Options for Teaching English in Kuwait

Work Visa for Teaching English in Kuwait

It is standard practice for English teachers in Kuwait to receive a sponsored work visa which will be processed in their home country before departure.

2. Kuwait Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students (especially adults) is extremely common among English teachers in Kuwait. Teachers who choose this route are often:

Teaching English in Kuwait at a private language or International school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Teaching English online and seeking supplemental income by privately tutoring students in addition to their online teaching job;

Getting clients for private lessons is a marketing exercise, and all the avenues that seem appropriate to your circumstances have to be explored. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, embassies, or corner shops;
Run an advertisement in local periodicals, especially those that cater to university students, professionals and ex-pats;
Send notices to local public schools announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English.
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.), and professional associations who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them.
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, and even travel agencies and tourism companies.
Get ESL business cards made with Arabic on one side and English on the other.
Enroll in ITA's English Tutoring Specialty Course. This course will not only provide you with enhanced teaching skills in a private tutoring setting but also incorporates practical guidelines for how to set up your own tutoring business.
Enroll in ITA's Teaching Test Prep Skills Specialty Course. Many Kuwaiti students seek to study in universities in English-speaking nations and will pay high fees to receive specialized training to prepare for standardized exams they need to pass to gain entry to universities in the US and UK. This course will provide you with the skills you need to help these students maximize their scores on such tests (and boost your resume for higher-paying jobs!).

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in Kuwait?

As a first-time private ESL tutor in Kuwait, you should expect to charge and make around $20-$50 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons. If you are providing private tutoring lessons for small groups (2-3 students at a time), it's possible to increase your rates as your small group of students will be splitting the hourly cost amongst themselves. Also, if you are able to market yourself to economic elites and ex-pats - especially those who work at embassies or multinational corporations, you can very likely charge higher rates and make the equivalent of $60-$80+ an hour. These types of clients are typically easier to cultivate once you have a little experience under your belt and you start getting referrals.

Something to keep in mind - a student may only be after a single private tutoring lesson, or a handful, and can withdraw from their lessons with you at any time. As a result, you should be cautious when trying to budget your private tutoring income too far into the future.

3. Kuwait Teaching English Online Salaries

Like private ESL tutoring, teaching English online is an extremely popular way for teachers to make money. Some digital-nomad-style English teachers in Kuwait teach online as their sole job and income, while others do it to supplement the income they earn from teaching at a private language/ International school or from private tutoring. This could be a great option for you is you are already in Kuwait - say on your partner or spouse's work visa - and looking to make extra cash.

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to Kuwait. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move and will ensure that you have an income immediately upon your arrival in Kuwait.

Expenses for Teaching English in Kuwait

There are two categories of expenses that need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in Kuwait:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Kuwait

Start-up costs are expenses you will incur from your arrival in Kuwait until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like a security deposit and first month's rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc.

Start-up costs to cover your first month of living in Kuwait will usually range somewhere between $1,000 and $2,000 USD, but having access to $2000+ would be ideal. This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in Kuwait. If you have more, great, but if you have less, you may be setting yourself up for failure from the get-go which can cause unnecessary added stress during an already stressful period of adaption and change.

When planning ahead, it's important to remember that there are other start-up costs to consider before embarking on your teaching adventure in Kuwait. These will include the cost of your TEFL certification, airfare to Kuwait (although sometimes this may be covered by your employer), and any costs associated with obtaining necessary documents like your passport, visa, etc.

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in Kuwait

Cost of living refers to everyday monthly expenses you will incur during your time in Kuwait. The cost of living in Kuwait is somewhat modest ($850 - $1500 a month) and salaries ($1,800 - $3,300 a month) for first-time ESL teachers are generous. English teachers typically live comfortably on what they earn, but financial planning is still imperative to prepare you for success. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses (although it is common that your employer will provide you with housing and cover your rent)
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary. On average, English teachers in Kuwait save up to $800+ USD per month after expenses.

Go further:

What Are the Basic Requirements for Teaching English in Saudi Arabia?

Lynda Galea — Wed, 25 Oct 2023 16:45:41 GMT

Birthplace of Islam, Saudi Arabia is the largest country in the Arabian Peninsula, with a population of 27 million, including 8.4 million foreign residents. Known for its vast desert landscapes with scorching desert temperatures, "The Kingdom," or "KSA" as it's known, blends traditional Islamic and Bedouin culture with a fast-growing economy sparkling modern cities.

Over recent decades, Saudi society has experienced remarkable economic development fueled by its enormous oil wealth. The Saudi people have continued to embrace their customs, values, and distinctive style of dress while striving to make the nation an international leader in areas like diplomacy, commerce, and even sports. These circumstances have created an enormous demand for English language education in recent decades and, in turn, a high demand for qualified English teachers.

For those who meet the requirements, a teaching career in Saudi Arabia can be highly lucrative. English teachers can enjoy a tax-free monthly salary ranging from $1,500 to $3,000 or even more if they possess additional experience and credentials. In addition to the financial rewards, teachers are often provided with enticing perks such as free airfare and furnished housing.

If you are considering teaching English in Saudi Arabia, you typically must meet the following qualifications.

Read More: How Much Money Can You Make in Saudi Arabia?

What Qualifications Do You Need to Become an English Teacher in Saudi Arabia?

To teach English in Saudia Arabia, you must possess a TEFL certificate and a bachelor's degree with most employers giving preference to those with a Master's degree. Many employers also prefer candidates from native English-speaking countries (although there are limited exceptions). The average salary for English teachers in Saudi Arabia ranges from $1,500 to $3,000 USD per month.

Requirements to Teach English in Saudi Arabia

Now let's look at the following requirements to teach English in Saudi Arabia in detail:

Have a TEFL Certification
Hold citizenship from a recognized English-speaking country
Hold a Bachelor's Degree (at least) from an accredited college or university
Understand the hiring process & possess the correct documents
Cover basic start-up costs

1. TEFL Certification

If you aspire to teach English in Saudi Arabia, having a TEFL Certification is essential. You do not need professional teaching experience, but earning your TEFL certification will provide you with the training and qualifications you need to get hired.

2. Hold citizenship from a recognized English-speaking Country

The majority of schools in Saudi Arabia have a preference for native English speakers hailing from countries such as the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia, South Africa, and New Zealand when it comes to English teaching positions.

However, there are exceptional cases where individuals who are not citizens of these nations may still have an opportunity to secure a teaching job. It is important to note that these opportunities are not very common. Non-native English speakers can enhance their chances by obtaining a Master's degree, showcasing exceptional English language skills, and having extensive teaching experience.

3. Possess a Bachelor's Degree from an Accredited College or University

Can you teach English in Saudi Arabia without a degree?

While a bachelor's degree is the minimum requirement for English teachers in Saudi Arabia in addition to a TEFL certification, many schools prefer to employ candidates with at least a Bachelor's degree and many schools and universities seek out teachers with a Master's degree. Previous teaching experience and a teaching license from major native English-speaking countries are also highly valued for many positions but not always required.

However, individuals with only an undergraduate degree and a TEFL certification still have opportunities to find teaching positions in Saudi Arabia. It requires flexibility, persistence, and exploring alternative options. Gaining teaching experience in other regions, such as Asia, which also offers well-paying opportunities, can open doors to teaching jobs in Saudi Arabia and other countries in the Persian Gulf.

Pro Tip! If you are looking for a fantastic experience in the heart of the Middle East where you can still earn great salaries and benefits, consider other countries in the region like Kuwait, and Qatar. There are also exponentially more jobs in Asia, in countries like South Korea & China, where English teachers commonly receive benefits like free housing and airfare and typically save 30%-50% of their monthly salary after expenses.

Also, you will increase your chances of getting a great job in Saudia Arabia, by gaining experience teaching English in other countries first.

4. Understand the Hiring Process and Documents like Visas

Teaching jobs in Saudi Arabia can be found year-round (with downtime around Islamic holidays), but especially from May through August. The hiring process typically involves conducting video interviews and finalizing decisions well in advance, enabling teachers to have their visa formalities sorted before their departure to Saudi Arabia. This ensures a seamless transition and allows educators to focus entirely on preparing for their enriching teaching journey in this fascinating country.

Many schools will use recruiting agencies and online job boards to manage the hiring process. Foreign English teachers will enter Saudi Arabia on a work visa which is obtained from their country of citizenship in advance of their arrival.

To secure a work visa, teachers must pass a physical and an HIV test and return a clean FBI/criminal background check, and in many cases, academic transcripts may also be necessary. Expect the processes of interviewing and procuring a visa to take at least 1-3 months.

Paperwork and documents required to obtain a work visa for teaching English in Saudi Arabia:

Application
Passport
Physical/HIV test results
Clean FBI/Criminal Record Check
Academic transcripts
Sponsorship Letter: a letter of employment indicating the employer’s name/organization, commercial registration number, employee’s capacity, salary, contract duration, employee’s name, birth date, and nationality
Employment Contract
Other documents as required

Obtaining a Saudi Arabia Residence Permit

A residence permit known as an Iqama is needed to teach English in Saudi Arabia. This is issued to teachers once they arrive in Saudi Arabia on their Work Visa. The Iqama is valid for a period of 1 – 2 years. The teacher’s school will assist the teacher in obtaining the Iqama.

5. Save for Basic Start-up Costs

It is strongly recommended that individuals interested in teaching in Saudi Arabia plan to arrive with savings of at least $1,000-$1,500 to cover initial expenses. While many employers in Saudi Arabia provide free airfare and free housing or a housing subsidy, it is still advisable for new teachers to have accessible funds for the first month or so to cover basic expenses such as food.

However, it is entirely possible to recover these start-up costs, as most English teachers in Saudi Arabia can save anywhere from $800+ USD per month after taking care of their expenses. This allows teachers to enjoy a rewarding teaching experience in the heart of the Middle East, while also building their savings and indulging in unique travel opportunities.

Go Further: Check Out Our Saudi Arabia Blog & Alumni Stories

Cambodia Teacher Salary: How Much do English Teachers Make in Cambodia?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Fri, 29 Sep 2023 19:53:47 GMT

\From bustling cities and ancient culture to the warmth of its people and world-class monuments like the temples of Angkor Wat, Cambodia offers a fantastic international experience and a fast-growing English teaching market. Moreover, Cambodia is one of the few countries in Asia where you can teach English professionally without a college degree.\ And it is more flexible when it comes to hiring non-native English speakers who hold a TEFL certification and those over 40.

While Cambodia may be considered one of the least developed economies in Asia, it is a country that is rapidly progressing and offers great opportunities for first-time English teachers. In fact, many teachers are able to save between $200 and $500 USD each month after covering their expenses. This makes Cambodia an excellent choice for those looking to teach English in the heart of Southeast Asia.

What is the Average English Teacher's Salary in Cambodia?

A typical first-time English teacher in Cambodia earns the equivalent of $700 to $1,000 per month (2,796,500 - 3,995,000 Cambodian KHR). Due to the low cost of living, many teachers save up to $200-$500 after expenses. Those with prior teaching experience can often save even more.

Salaries & living costs will vary based on region and from school to school.

* The abbreviation for the Cambodia Riel is KHR. The currency symbol is ៛.

Salary, Benefits & Expenses When Teaching English in Cambodia

Here's a brief financial summary for living and teaching English in Cambodia:

Hours, Salary & Expenses	English Teacher in Cambodia Details
Salary	$700-$1,000 USD per month (experienced teachers may earn more)
Extra Income from Teaching English Online	$5-20 USD an hour
Start-up Costs *Not including travel & TEFL Certification	$1,000-$1,500 USD
Cost of Living	$500 - $1000 USD per month
Savings Opportunity	$200-$500 (experienced teachers may save more)

What Are Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Cambodia

Just like any other significant undertaking, teaching English overseas in Cambodia or any other country will necessitate an initial financial commitment..

1. TEFL Certification

If you are not already TEFL certified or otherwise qualified to professionally teach English in Cambodia. We recommend ITA’s Online TEFL Courses (lowest cost), and ITA's 4-week TEFL course in Phnom Penh, Cambodia. Here is a complete TEFL Course Index. A quality, accredited TEFL course will typically cost $1400 - $2500, depending on which course you take.

2. Transportation Expenses

Keep in mind that schools in Cambodia do not usually cover travel costs to and from the country. The amount you will spend on transportation can vary depending on factors such as distance, seasonality, and other variables. On average, you can expect to budget around $500 to $700 for your travel from the United States to Cambodia.

3. Start-up costs in-country can range from $1,000 to $1,500 USD

It is important to budget for at least 1-2 months of living expenses upon your arrival in Cambodia, as this will cover your costs until you start receiving your paycheck. These expenses include finding accommodations, which may require an initial deposit for renting an apartment or house. Additionally, you will need to budget for food, local transportation, weekend travel, processing visa or work permit paperwork, and indulging in the vibrant nightlife and dining scene.

Learn More: What Are Basic Start-Up Costs for Teaching English Abroad?

What Is The Cost of Living for English Teachers in Cambodia

Does $500 - $1,000 USD Seem Like a Low Monthly Salary for a first-time English teacher in Cambodia?

While a monthly salary of $600 may not seem like much, especially if you're accustomed to the high cost of living in American or European cities, it's important to keep in mind that the expenses in Cambodia are significantly lower. Basic goods and services, such as food, travel, and rent, are typically a fraction of what you would expect to pay in the US or Western Europe. For instance, renting a place in major Cambodian cities usually costs between $100 and $200 per month. You can enjoy delicious meals for just $5 to $10 a day, or even less if you cook at home. Additionally, local transportation rarely exceeds $1 to $2. So, even with a modest salary, you can still live comfortably, probably save some money, and make the most of your experience teaching English in Cambodia.

Top Tips for Saving Money while Teaching English in Cambodia

1. Get a Roommate

Consider finding a roommate to share the cost of living in Cambodia. While you can easily afford your own place with rent ranging from $100 to $200 per month, teaming up with a roommate can save you an additional $75 to $100 each month. Not only will this help you save money, but it will also expand your social circle and enhance your overall experience in Cambodia.

2. Teach English Online

You can earn $5-$20 an hour teaching English online, which can really add to your bottom line, especially given the low cost of living in Cambodia.

3. Live and Shop like a Local

To make the most of your budget in Cambodia, it's important to immerse yourself in the local culture and learn to shop and get around like a local. Instead of frequenting establishments that cater to foreigners, opt for local eateries and markets where you can enjoy authentic Cambodian cuisine at a fraction of the price. Not only will this help you save money, but it will also provide you with a rich cultural experience and the chance to savor the delicious flavors of Cambodia alongside the locals.

How to Get a Job Teaching in Cambodia

International TEFL Academy (ITA) offers TEFL certification that comes with comprehensive and lifetime Job Search Guidance. As an ITA student and graduate, you'll have access to all the resources and support you need to apply for top teaching positions not only in Cambodia but also in 80 countries worldwide. From detailed visa information to resume and cover letter assistance, ITA has got you covered. We'll even help you navigate the process of getting your criminal background check and provide you with contact information for schools in Cambodia. With access to top ESL job boards and referrals to reputable recruiters, ITA makes it easier than ever to kickstart your teaching career abroad.

Additional Resources:

Refer to the ITA Country Chart, which will give you the monthly average salaries, start-up costs, and the cost of living for English teachers in more than 50 countries worldwide, including Cambodia. These numbers are typically conservative figures and in fact, you can make more with your TEFL certification if that is a priority to your goal of living overseas.
Looking for firsthand accounts from people teaching English in Asia? Visit our Alumni Stories to access hundreds of interviews, articles & videos from ITA graduates teaching English throughout Asia.
XE Currency Converter: An excellent site where you can see up-to-date currency conversions.

Go further:

Myanmar Teacher Salary: How Much do English Teachers Make in Myanmar?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Thu, 28 Sep 2023 22:07:20 GMT

If you seek to teach English in an off-the-beaten country in the heart of Asia that remains largely undiscovered by tourists and untouched by homogenized commercialization and chain stores, Myanmar (formerly known as Burma) is definitely a top option for you. Bordering such nations as India, China, and Thailand, Myanmar is emerging as a fast-growing market for English language instruction, with opportunities increasing rapidly in recent years. What's more, Myanmar is one of the few countries in Asia where you can teach English professionally without a college degree.

Asia is known as one of the most lucrative regions in the world for teaching English and while Myanmar is one of the most underdeveloped economies in the region, it is a nation on the move where many first-time English teachers are able to make enough to save 20% or more of their income after expenses, which typically amounts to at least $200-$300 USD each month.

What is the Average English Teacher's Salary in Myanmar?

A typical first-time English teacher in Myanmar earns the equivalent of $600 to $1,000 per month (2 million to 3.2 million Kyat). Due to the low cost of living, many teachers save up to $200 or more monthly after expenses. Those with prior teaching experience can often make up to $900 - $1,800 USD monthly.

Salaries & living costs will vary based on region and from school to school.

* The abbreviation for the Myanmar Kyat is MMK.

Salary, Benefits & Expenses When Teaching English in Myanmar

Here's a brief financial summary for living and teaching English in Myanmar:

Hours, Salary & Expenses	English Teacher in Myanmar Details
Salary	$600-$1,000 USD per month (first-time teachers) $900 - $1,500 USD per month (experienced teachers)
Extra Income from Teaching English Online	$5-20 USD an hour
Start-up Costs *Not including travel & TEFL Certification	$1,000-$2,000 USD
Cost of Living	$600 - $800 USD per month
Savings Opportunity	$200-$300 USD per month (first-time teachers) Up to $500 (experienced teachers)

What Are Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Myanmar

Like most great endeavors in life, teaching English abroad in Myanmar or elsewhere will require some upfront financial investments.

1. TEFL Certification. If you are not already TEFL certified or otherwise qualified to professionally teach English in Myanmar. We recommend ITA’s Online TEFL Courses (lowest cost), and ITA's 4-week TEFL course in Yangon, Myanmar. Here is a complete TEFL Course Index. A quality, accredited TEFL course will typically cost $1400 - $2500, depending on which course you take.

2. Travel. Unlike schools in a country like South Korea, schools will not cover your travel to and from Myanmar. Travel costs can vary widely depending on how far you need to travel, seasonality, and other factors. You can typically expect to spend at least $500-$700 for travel to Myanmar from the U.S.

3. In-country Start-up Costs. Typically $1,000-$2,000 USD. You will typically need to cover at least 1-2 month's living expenses upon arrival in Myanmar to cover your costs until you start receiving. This will include housing and accommodations (including an initial deposit when you rent your apartment or house), food, local transport, weekend travel, processing any visa or work permit paperwork, and enjoying other fun stuff like nightlife and going out to eat.

Learn More: What Are Basic Start-Up Costs for Teaching English Abroad?

What Is The Cost of Living for English Teachers in Myanmar

Does $600 - $1,000 USD Seem Like a Low Monthly Salary for a first-time English teacher in Myanmar?

Six hundred US dollars a month may not seem like a livable wage in major US cities like San Francisco, Boston or Chicago, but the key to remember is that the costs of basic goods & services in Myanmar - including food, travel & rent - are typically a fraction of what you would expect to pay in the US or Western Europe. Rent in major cities is typically $100-$200 a month. You can eat well on $5-$10 a day (or less when you cook at home), and taxi rides are rarely more than $1-$2.

Top Tips for Saving Money while Teaching English in Myanmar

1. Get a roommate. You can likely comfortably afford your own place since rent is cheap $100-$200 a month), but you can likely save $75-$100 a month by splitting costs with a roommate. In addition, you will likely widen your social circle!

2. Teach English Online. You can earn $5-$20 an hour teaching English online, which can really add to your bottom line, especially given the local cost of living in Myanmar.

3. Learn to Live & Shop Like a Local. An easy way to eat through your budget (literally and figuratively) in a country like Myanmar is to eat, drink, and shop at establishments and locales that cater primarily to foreign tourists and expatriates. You will greatly increase your ability to save by learning how to shop and eat like the local Myanmarese. It's also great for enjoying a great cultural experience during your time in Myanmar.

Pro Tip! If you decide to teach English in Myanmar, it is highly recommended that your enroll in ITA's one-week in-person Myanmar Culture Course in Yangon. This highly interactive and engaging course not only introduces new English teachers to Myanmar's culture, language and history; it includes workshops and excursions where experienced teachers and guides will help you navigate daily life in Myanmar, including how to live and shop like a local to make the most of your experience and your budget.

How to Get a Job Teaching in Myanmar

So how can you get hired to teach English in Myanmar? If you choose to get TEFL certified with International TEFL Academy (ITA), as a student and graduate you'll receive comprehensive and lifetime Job Search Guidance, which will provide you with the resources and guidance you need to apply for top jobs and gain employment teaching English in Myanmar and in 80 countries worldwide. ITA's resources include detailed information about visas; resume/cover letter assistance; guidance for getting your criminal background check; contact information for schools in Myanmar; access to top ESL job boards; and referrals to top recruiters.

ITA's Guaranteed Job Placement Programs

For those willing to invest extra for additional levels of support and guarantee of a high-quality English teaching job in Myanmar, ITA offers our Guaranteed Job Placement Programs for Teaching English in Myanmar.

Note: ITA's Guaranteed Job Placement Program in Myanmar is open to those who do not have a college degree!

Additional Resources:

Refer to the ITA Country Chart, which will give you the monthly average salaries, start-up costs, and the cost of living for English teachers in more than 50 countries worldwide, including Myanmar. These numbers are typically conservative figures and in fact, you can make more with your TEFL certification if that is a priority to your goal of living overseas.
Looking for firsthand accounts from people teaching English in Asia? Visit our Alumni Stories to access hundreds of interviews, articles & videos from ITA graduates teaching English in Myanmar and throughout Asia.
XE Currency Converter: An excellent site where you can see up-to-date currency conversions.

Go further:

How Much Do English Teachers Make in the UAE?

Lynda Galea — Tue, 26 Sep 2023 20:57:12 GMT

Home to some of the immense oil wealth, major ports, and a booming tourism sector, the United Arab Emirates (UAE) has become a global center of trade, finance, and travel. With cities like Dubai and Abu Dhabi offering opulent shopping, world-class dining, and some of the world's most stunning architecture, the Emirates has become a major destination for tourists and investors alike. These attractions, along with some of the world's most lucrative salaries and benefits also make the United Arab Emirates one of the most competitive job markets in the world for teaching English abroad.

Enticing, right? But how much money can you make teaching English in the UAE? Let's find out!

English Teacher Salary in the UAE

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in the UAE?

On average, English teachers in the UAE (including Dubai and Abu Dhabi) can expect to make anywhere between $1,800 - $5,000 USD (approx. 6,600 - 18.360 AED*) per month. It is common for employers to pay for teacher's housing and sometimes even provide a reimbursement for flight costs.

* The abbreviation for the United Arab Emirates Dirham is AED.

UAE Teaching Salary: The Details

TEFL-certified teachers have a multitude of teaching opportunities awaiting them in the UAE. For those who choose to teach English in this vibrant country, there are various avenues to explore:

Teaching adults, business professionals, or children in private language schools and occasionally in vocational colleges;
Teaching children and teenagers in International schools;
Private tutoring both children and adults;
Teaching English online;
A combination of the above.

NOTE: If you have advanced teaching credentials, you may have the opportunity to secure a teaching position in an international school, a private bilingual grade school, or a high school. These positions often come with higher salaries and additional benefits compared to those available to first-time teachers.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in the UAE Details
Language School / International School Salary	Between $1,800 and $5,000 USD per month
Private Tutoring Salary	$20-$50+ USD per hour
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$1,000-$1,500 USD per month
Start-up Costs	Between $1,500 and $2,500 USD

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. UAE Private Language & International School Salaries

Although the UAE is a small country, there is still a great demand for English teachers in and around major cities like Dubai and the capital, Abu Dhabi. Despite this great demand though, to gain employment in the UAE, teachers are typically required to hold a Master's Degree (in any field), or a degree specifically in education, with a strong preference for those who have previous teaching experience. This often makes the UAE a harder market for TEFL-certified teachers to gain employment, especially beginner TEFL teachers with little to no teaching experience.

The school year in the UAE starts during the last week of August and ends in June. However, private language institutes that cater primarily to adults in the business community do not necessarily operate according to the academic calendar used by grade schools and universities.

ESL teachers in the UAE can expect to find jobs available year-round with interviews being conducted in advance via video call while still in your home country.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities like Dubai and Abu Dhabi earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at private language and International schools in the UAE can expect to make anywhere between $1,800 - $5,000 USD per month.

Visa Options for Teaching English in the UAE

Work Visa for Teaching English in the UAE

It is standard practice for English teachers in the UAE to receive a sponsored work visa which will be processed in their home country before departure.

Dubai Digital Nomad Visa for Online ESL Teachers

The city of Dubai recently introduced a virtual working programme that allows residents from outside the UAE to work remotely from Dubai for 12 months. This may be a great option for those who solely teach English online. To participate in this program, you must satisfy several requirements, with the main one being able to show proof of employment from your current employer with a one-year contract validity, a minimum of $3,500 USD per month salary, last month's payslip, and three preceding months' bank statements.

2. UAE Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students (especially adults) is extremely common among English teachers in the UAE. Teachers who choose this route are often:

Teaching English in the UAE at a private language or International school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Teaching English online and seeking supplemental income by privately tutoring students in addition to their online teaching job;

Getting clients for private lessons is a marketing exercise, and all the avenues that seem appropriate to your circumstances have to be explored. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, embassies, or corner shops;
Run an advertisement in local periodicals, especially those that cater to university students, professionals and ex-pats;
Send notices to local public schools announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English.
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.), and professional associations who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them.
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, and even travel agencies and tourism companies.
Get ESL business cards made with Arabic on one side and English on the other.
Enroll in ITA's English Tutoring Specialty Course. This course will not only provide you with enhanced teaching skills in a private tutoring setting, but also incorporates practical guidelines for how to set up your own tutoring business.

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in the UAE?

As a first-time private ESL tutor in the UAE, you should expect to charge and make around $20-$50 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons (depending on where in the UAE you are based). If you are providing private tutoring lessons for small groups (2-3 students at a time), it's possible to increase your rates as your small group of students will be splitting the hourly cost amongst themselves. Also, if you are able to market yourself to economic elites and ex-pats - especially those who work at embassies or multinational corporations, you can very likely charge higher rates and make the equivalent of $60-$80+ an hour. These types of clients are typically easier to cultivate once you have a little experience under your belt and some reviews as well.

3. UAE Teaching English Online Salaries

Like private ESL tutoring, teaching English online is an extremely popular way for teachers to make money. Some digital-nomad-style English teachers in the UAE teach online as their sole job and income, while others do it to supplement the income they earn from teaching at a private language/ International school or from private tutoring.

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to the UAE. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move and will ensure that you have an income immediately upon your arrival in the UAE.

Expenses for Teaching English in the UAE

There are two categories of expenses that need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in the UAE:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in the UAE

Start-up costs are expenses you will incur from your arrival in the UAE until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like a security deposit and first month's rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc.

Start-up costs to cover your first month of living in the UAE will usually range somewhere between $1,500 and $2,000 USD, but having access to $2000 - $3000 would be ideal. This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in the UAE. If you have more, great, but if you have less, you may be setting yourself up for failure from the get-go which can cause unnecessary added stress during an already stressful period of adaption and change.

When planning ahead, it's important to remember that there are other start-up costs to consider before embarking on your teaching adventure in the UAE. These will include the cost of your TEFL certification, airfare to the UAE (although sometimes this may be covered by your employer), and any costs associated with obtaining necessary documents like your passport, visa, etc.

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in the UAE

Cost of living refers to everyday monthly expenses you will incur during your time in the UAE. The cost of living in the UAE is somewhat modest ($1,000 - $1500 a month) and salaries ($1,800 - $5,000 a month) for first-time ESL teachers are generous. English teachers typically live comfortably on what they earn, but financial planning is still imperative to prepare you for success. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses (although it is common that your employer will provide you with housing and cover your rent)
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary drastically based on where in the UAE you are based. For example, those living in larger cities like Dubai and Abu Dhabi can expect to have a higher cost of living compared to those located in smaller cities or towns. As a general rule of thumb, you should budget $1,000 - $1,500 USD per month to cover your cost of living.

On average, English teachers in the UAE save up to $800+ USD per month after expenses.

Go further: What are the Requirements for teaching English in the UAE [including Dubai & Abu Dhabi]

What Are the Basic Requirements for Teaching English in Kuwait?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Thu, 31 Aug 2023 22:29:33 GMT

A small nation nestled in the northern corner of the Persian Gulf, Kuwait represents a small but lucrative job market for English teachers. Combining high salaries and top benefits with a multicultural population, modern infrastructure, and top-level shopping and eating, Kuwait has a ton to offer. However given Kuwait's many advantages, combined with its small size and population of 4.25 million, aspiring TEFL teachers can expect to encounter a highly competitive job market where schools often prioritize experienced native English-speaking teachers with advanced qualifications.

However, for those who meet the requirements, a career in Kuwait can be highly lucrative. English teachers can enjoy a tax-free monthly salary ranging from $1,800 to $3,300 or even more if they possess additional experience and credentials. In addition to the financial rewards, teachers are often provided with enticing perks such as airfare, health insurance, and furnished housing. With its world-class shopping, dining, and abundant travel opportunities, Kuwait represents a top option for those seeking a fulfilling and financially rewarding teaching experience in the Middle East.

If you are considering teaching English in Kuwait, you typically must meet the following qualifications:

What Qualifications Do You Need to Become an English Teacher in Kuwait?

To teach English in Kuwait, you must possess a TEFL certificate & a college degree. Many employers also prefer candidates from native English-speaking countries with an education degree and relevant teaching experience. The average salary for first-time English teachers in Kuwait ranges from $1,500 to $3,000 USD per month.

Requirements to Teach English in Kuwait

Now let's look at the following requirements to teach English in Kuwait in detail:

Have a TEFL Certification (typically required)
Hold citizenship from a recognized English-speaking country
Hold a Bachelor's Degree (at least) from an accredited college or university
Understand the hiring process & possess the correct documents
Cover basic start-up costs

1. TEFL Certification (Typically Required)

If you aspire to teach English in Kuwait, getting a TEFL Certification is essential. While it may not be a legal requirement, reputable language schools in Kuwait typically prefer their teachers to be TEFL-certified.

2. Hold citizenship from a Recognized English-speaking Country

Most schools in Kuwait employ native English speakers from countries like the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia, South Africa, and New Zealand for English teaching jobs. In exceptional cases, individuals who are not citizens of these nations may still have a chance at securing a teaching position. However, these opportunities are not very common. Non-native English speakers can improve their chances by obtaining a graduate degree, demonstrating exceptional English language skills, and having extensive teaching experience.

3. Possess a Bachelor's Degree from an Accredited College or University

Can you teach English in Kuwait without a degree?

While a bachelor's degree is the minimum requirement for English teachers in Kuwait in addition to a TEFL certification, many schools prefer to employ candidates with a degree in education or even a master's degree. Previous teaching experience and a teaching license from major native English-speaking countries are also highly valued for most ESL teaching jobs.

However, this doesn't mean that individuals with only an undergraduate degree and a TEFL certification cannot find teaching opportunities in Kuwait. Flexibility, persistence, and exploring other possibilities are key for those looking to teach in this region. In many cases, gaining experience teaching in a region like Asia, which also offers top-paying opportunities, can help open doors for teaching jobs in Kuwait and other Persian Gulf nations.

Pro Tip! If you are looking for a fantastic experience in the heart of the Middle East where you can still earn great salaries and benefits, consider other countries in the region like Saudi Arabia. There are also exponentially more jobs in Asia, in countries like South Korea & China, where English teachers commonly receive benefits like free housing & airfare and typically save 30%-50% of their monthly salary after expenses.

4. Understand the Hiring Process & Documents like Visas

The ideal time to explore teaching opportunities in Kuwait is during the spring and summer months when schools and universities are preparing for the start of the academic year in August-September. However, it's important to remember that job openings can arise throughout the year, giving aspiring teachers the chance to apply at any time. The hiring process typically involves conducting interviews and finalizing decisions well in advance, allowing teachers to have their visa formalities sorted before they depart for Kuwait. This ensures a smooth transition and enables educators to fully focus on preparing for their rewarding teaching journey in the heart of the Middle East.

Many schools utilize recruiting agencies and online job boards to manage the hiring process. Foreign English teachers will typically enter the country on an Entry Visa. Upon arrival, your employer will help you receive your work permit and residency visa from the Ministry of Social Affairs & Labour. To receive their permit, teachers should expect to pass a physical and an HIV test, and in many cases, academic transcripts may be required. A criminal background check may also be necessary to receive a No Objection Certification, which is issued by the General Administration of Criminal Investigation at the Ministry of Interior and is required to get your work visa. Expect the processes of interviewing and making travel and visa arrangements to take at least 1-3 months.

Paperwork and documents required to obtain a work permit & visa for teaching English in Kuwait:

Application
Passport
Medical Test (May also be required on arrival in Kuwait)
Criminal Record Check
Sponsorship Letter: a letter of employment indicating the employer’s name/organization, commercial registration number, employee’s capacity, salary, contract duration, employee’s name, birth date, and nationality
Employment Contract
Other documents as required

5. Save for Basic Start-up Costs

It is strongly recommended that individuals interested in teaching in Kuwait plan to arrive with savings of at least $1,000-$1,500 to cover initial expenses. While many employers provide housing and some even offer airfare, it is still advisable for new teachers to have accessible funds for the first month or so to cover basic expenses such as food. However, it is entirely possible to recover these start-up costs, as most English teachers in Kuwait can save anywhere from $800-$2,000 per month after taking care of their expenses. This allows teachers to enjoy a rewarding teaching experience in the heart of the Middle East, while also building their savings and indulging in unique travel opportunities throughout the region.

Go Further:

What Are the Basic Requirements for Teaching English in Qatar?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Wed, 30 Aug 2023 22:30:40 GMT

Situated on a peninsula the size of Connecticut that extends into the Persian Gulf off the eastern shores of Saudi Arabia, Qatar offers a small, yet thriving job market for English teachers. This small nation (population is only 2.7 million) boasts a desirable location, uber-modern infrastructure, and a diverse population. World-class shopping and a melting pot of cultures and cuisines make it extremely appealing for expatriates from across the globe. In addition, its international profile and cache experienced a major boost when the nation hosted the world's most-watched sporting event - the 2022 soccer/football FIFA World Cup. As a result, aspiring TEFL teachers may encounter challenges and competition in securing a position, as schools often prioritize experienced native English-speaking teachers with advanced qualifications.

However, for those who meet the requirements, a career in Qatar can be highly lucrative. English teachers can enjoy a tax-free monthly salary ranging from $1,500 to $3,000 or even more if you possess additional experience and credentials. In addition to the financial rewards, teachers are often provided with enticing perks such as airfare, health insurance, and furnished housing. With its world-class shopping, dining, and abundant travel opportunities, Qatar is a captivating destination for those seeking a fulfilling and financially rewarding teaching experience in the Middle East.

If you are considering teaching English in Qatar, you typically must meet the following qualifications:

What Qualifications Do You Need to Become an English Teacher in Qatar?

To teach English in Qatar, you must possess a TEFL certificate & a college degree. Many employers also prefer candidates from native English-speaking countries with an education degree and relevant teaching experience. The average salary for English teachers in Qatar ranges from $1,500 to $3,000 USD per month.

Requirements to Teach English in Qatar

Now let's look at the following requirements to teach English in Qatar in detail:

Have a TEFL Certification (typically required)
Hold citizenship from a recognized English-speaking country
Hold a Bachelor's Degree (at least) from an accredited college or university
Understand the hiring process & possess the correct documents
Cover basic start-up costs

1. TEFL Certification (Typically Required)

If you aspire to teach English in Qatar, having a TEFL Certification is essential. While it may not be a legal requirement, reputable language schools in Qatar generally prefer their teachers to be TEFL-certified.

2. Hold citizenship from a Recognized English-speaking Country

Most schools in Qatar prefer native English speakers from countries like the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia, South Africa, and New Zealand for English teaching jobs. In exceptional cases, individuals who are not citizens of these nations may still have a chance at securing a teaching position. However, these opportunities are not common. Non-native English speakers can improve their chances by obtaining a graduate degree, demonstrating exceptional English language skills, and having extensive teaching experience.

International TEFL Academy graduate Alicia Cesaro, with students in Doha.

3. Possess a Bachelor's Degree from an Accredited College or University

Can you teach English in Qatar without a degree?

While a bachelor's degree is the minimum requirement for English teachers in Qatar in addition to a TEFL certification, many schools prefer to employ candidates with a degree in education or even a master's degree. Previous teaching experience and a teaching license from major native English-speaking countries are also highly valued for many positions.

However, this doesn't mean that individuals with only an undergraduate degree and a TEFL certification cannot find teaching opportunities in Qatar. Flexibility, persistence, and exploring other possibilities are key for those looking to teach in this region. In many cases, gaining experience teaching in a region like Asia, which also offers top-paying opportunities, can help open doors for teaching jobs in Qatar and other Persian Gulf nations.

Pro Tip! If you are looking for a fantastic experience in the heart of the Middle East where you can still earn great salaries and benefits, consider other countries in the region like Kuwait, and Saudi Arabia. There are also exponentially more jobs in Asia, in countries like South Korea & China, where English teachers commonly receive benefits like free housing & airfare and typically save 30%-50% of their monthly salary after expenses.

4. Understand the Hiring Process & Documents like Visas

The prime time to explore teaching opportunities in Qatar is during the spring and summer months when schools and universities gear up for their academic year starting in August-September. However, it's crucial to keep in mind that job openings can arise throughout the year, offering aspiring teachers a chance at any time. The hiring process typically involves conducting interviews and finalizing decisions well in advance, enabling teachers to have their visa formalities sorted before their departure to Qatar. This ensures a seamless transition and allows educators to focus entirely on preparing for their enriching teaching journey in this fascinating country.

Many schools will use recruiting agencies and online job boards to manage the hiring process. Foreign English teachers will typically enter the country on an Entry Visa. Upon arrival, your employer will help you receive the Work Residence Permit, which is required to work. To receive their permit, teachers should expect to pass a physical and an HIV test, and in many cases, academic transcripts and a criminal background check may also be necessary. Expect the processes of interviewing and procuring a visa to take at least 1-3 months.

Paperwork & Documents required to obtain a work permit & visa for teaching English in Qatar:

Application
Passport
Medical Test (May also be required on arrival in Qatar)
Criminal Record Check
Sponsorship Letter: a letter of employment indicating the employer’s name/organization, commercial registration number, employee’s capacity, salary, contract duration, employee’s name, birth date, and nationality
Employment Contract
Other documents as required

5. Save for Basic Start-up Costs

It is strongly recommended that individuals interested in teaching in Qatar plan to arrive with savings of at least $1,000-$1,500 to cover initial expenses. While many employers provide housing and some even offer airfare, it is still advisable for new teachers to have accessible funds for the first month or so to cover basic expenses such as food. However, it is entirely possible to recover these start-up costs, as most English teachers in Qatar can save anywhere from $800-$2,000 per month after taking care of their expenses. This allows teachers to enjoy a rewarding teaching experience in the heart of the Middle East, while also building their savings and indulging in unique travel opportunities.

Go Further:

What Are the Basic Requirements for Teaching English in Bahrain?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Mon, 31 Jul 2023 23:09:55 GMT

Located in the Persian Gulf, Bahrain is a cluster of islands that form a small but thriving job market for English teachers. With its desirable location, attractive job opportunities, and small size (population is 1.5 million), competition for teaching positions in Bahrain is fierce. As a result, aspiring TEFL teachers may face challenges in securing a job, as schools prefer experienced native English-speaking teachers with advanced qualifications.

Despite the challenges, qualified English teachers in Bahrain can enjoy a lucrative career, earning a tax-free monthly salary ranging from $1,500 to $3,000 or even more. On top of the financial rewards, teachers can also benefit from additional perks such as airfare, health insurance, and even furnished housing. With its picturesque islands and exciting travel opportunities, Bahrain is an enticing destination for those seeking a fulfilling and financially rewarding teaching experience.

If you are considering teaching English in Bahrain, you must meet the following qualifications:

What Qualifications Do You Need to Become an English Teacher in Bahrain?

To teach English in Bahrain, you must possess a TEFL certificate & a college degree. Many employers also prefer candidates from native English-speaking countries with an education degree and relevant teaching experience. The average salary for English teachers in Bahrain ranges from $1,500 to $3,000 USD per month.

Requirements to Teach English in Bahrain

Now let's look at the following requirements to teach English in Bahrain in detail:

Have a TEFL Certification (typically required)
Hold citizenship from a recognized English-speaking country
Hold a Bachelor's Degree (at least) from an accredited college or university
Understand the hiring process & possess the correct documents
Cover basic start-up costs

1. TEFL Certification (Typically Required)

If you aspire to teach English in Bahrain, having a TEFL Certification is essential. While it may not be a legal requirement, reputable language schools in Bahrain generally prefer their teachers to be TEFL certified.

2. Hold citizenship from a Recognized English-speaking Country

Most schools in Bahrain prefer native English speakers from countries like the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia, South Africa, and New Zealand for English teaching jobs. In exceptional cases, individuals who are not citizens of these nations may still have a chance at securing a teaching position. These opportunities, however, are rare. To increase their chances, non-native English speakers should hold a graduate degree, possess exceptional English language skills, and have extensive teaching experience.

3. Have a Bachelor's Degree from an Accredited College or University

Can you teach English in Bahrain without a degree?

While a bachelor's degree is the minimum requirement for English teachers in Bahrain, many schools prefer to employ candidates with a degree in education or even a master's degree. Previous teaching experience and a teaching license from major native English-speaking countries are also highly valued.

However, this doesn't mean that individuals with only an undergraduate degree and a TEFL certification cannot find teaching opportunities in Bahrain. Patience, persistence, and exploring other possibilities are key for those looking to teach in this region.

Pro Tip! If you are looking for a fantastic experience in the heart of the Middle East where you can still earn great salaries and benefits, consider other countries in the region like Kuwait, and Saudi Arabia. There are also exponentially more jobs in Asia, in countries like South Korea & China, where English teachers commonly receive benefits like free housing & airfare and typically save 30%-50% of their monthly salary after expenses.

4. Understand the Hiring Process & Documents like Visas

The best time to search for teaching jobs in Bahrain is during the spring and summer seasons, as many schools and universities begin their academic year in August-September. However, it's important to note that job vacancies can open up throughout the year, offering opportunities for aspiring teachers at any time. The hiring process typically involves conducting interviews and making hiring decisions in advance, allowing teachers to have their visa processed before they depart for Bahrain. This ensures a smooth transition and allows teachers to focus on preparing for their teaching experience in this beautiful country.

Many schools will use recruiting agencies and online job boards to manage the hiring process. To receive their visa, teachers should expect to pass a physical and an HIV test, and in many cases, academic transcripts and a criminal background check may also be necessary. Expect the processes of interviewing and procuring a visa to take at least 1-3 months.

Paperwork & Documents required to obtain a work permit & visa for teaching English in Bahrain:

Application
Passport
Medical Test (May also be required on arrival in Bahrain)
Criminal Record Check
Sponsorship Letter: a letter of employment indicating the employer’s name/organization, commercial registration number, employee’s capacity, salary, contract duration, employee’s name, birth date, and nationality
Employment Contract
Other documents as required
More information can be found on the official Bahraini Ministry Of Foreign Affairs website.

5. Save for Basic Start-up Costs

It is highly recommended that individuals interested in teaching in Bahrain should plan to arrive with savings of at least $1,000-$1,500 to cover initial expenses. While many employers provide housing and some even offer airfare, it is still advisable for new teachers to have accessible funds for the first month or so to cover basic expenses such as food. However, it is entirely feasible to recover these start-up costs, as most English teachers in Bahrain can save anywhere from $800-$2,000 per month after taking care of their expenses. This allows teachers to not only enjoy a fulfilling teaching experience but also build their savings while living in this beautiful country.

Go Further:

What Are the Basic Requirements for Teaching English in Oman?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Mon, 31 Jul 2023 21:04:45 GMT

Renowned for its breathtaking coastlines, majestic sand dunes, and warm-hearted locals, Oman stands as a prime destination for English teaching opportunities in the Middle East. Similar to other Gulf countries, Oman offers educators competitive salaries and enticing benefits, alongside a high quality of life in a nation equipped with cutting-edge infrastructure and cosmopolitan cities that effortlessly blend traditional souks with ultra-modern shopping centers. Nestled at the eastern edge of the Arabian peninsula, where the Persian Gulf converges with the Indian Ocean, Oman boasts a rich heritage spanning thousands of years, acting as a pivotal crossroad connecting trade routes from India, Africa, and the Middle East. Moreover, the country's natural wonders present an abundance of thrilling outdoor activities, ranging from diving and wind-surfing to unforgettable desert camping experiences.

If you are considering teaching English in Oman, you must meet the following qualifications below:

What Qualifications Do You Need to Become an English Teacher in Oman?

To teach English in Oman, you will need a TEFL certificate. A college degree is required, & many employers hire teachers with an education degree and teaching experience. You must be a native English speaker as well. The average salary for an English teacher in Oman ranges from $1,600 - $3,000 USD (600 - 1,200 OMR) per month.

Requirements to Teach English in Oman

Now let's look at the following requirements to teach English in Oman in detail:

Have a TEFL Certification (typically required)
Hold citizenship from a recognized English-speaking country
Hold a Bachelor's Degree (at least) from an accredited college or university
Understand the hiring process & possess the correct documents
Cover basic start-up costs

1. TEFL Certification (Typically Required)

To teach English in Oman, you will need a TEFL Certification. Though not technically a legal requirement, reputable private language schools in Oman typically require that their teachers be TEFL certified. Quality schools offering quality jobs typically are not interested in hiring teachers who have not received proper training.

2. Hold citizenship from a Recognized English-speaking Country

Most schools in Oman require applicants for English teaching jobs to be native English speakers from countries such as the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Australia, South Africa, and New Zealand. However, in exceptional cases, individuals who are not citizens of these nations may still have a chance at securing a teaching position in Oman if they hold a graduate degree, possess exceptional English language skills, and have extensive teaching experience. It is worth noting that these opportunities are rare and heavily dependent on luck.

3. Have a Bachelor's Degree from an Accredited College or University

Can you teach English in Oman without a degree?

While a bachelor's degree is the minimum requirement for English teachers in Oman, many schools prefer candidates with a degree in education or even a master's degree. Previous teaching experience and a teaching license from countries like the U.S or the U.K are also highly valued.

However, this doesn't mean that individuals with only an undergraduate degree and a TEFL certification cannot find teaching opportunities in Oman. Patience, persistence, and exploring other possibilities are key for those looking to teach in this region.

Pro Tip! If you are looking for a fantastic experience in the heart of the Middle East where you can still earn great salaries and benefits, consider other countries in the region like Bahrain, Kuwait, and Saudi Arabia. There are also exponentially more jobs in Asia, in countries like South Korea & China, where English teachers commonly receive benefits like free housing & airfare and typically save 30%-50% of their monthly salary after expenses.

4. Understand the Hiring Process & Documents like Visas

Many schools and universities begin in August-September, so spring and summer tend to be excellent times to look for jobs, but job vacancies do open throughout the year. Most teachers are interviewed and hired in advance from their own country and get their visa processed prior to their departure for their teaching destination.

Employment Visa – An employment visa is issued to those who find employment in advance of moving to Oman. Your employer will assist you in obtaining all of the necessary documents needed to apply for the Employment Visa. The majority of English teachers will apply for and receive their employment in advance of moving to Oman. However, in some cases your employer may request you enter Oman on a tourist visa and apply for your Employment Visa while in Oman.

National ID Card – After arriving in Oman, all expatriates are required to apply for a National ID Card. The National ID Card is used for many services throughout Oman, so it is recommended to apply for it as early as possible upon your arrival. Always check with your school and employer on any additional documents you may need.

Paperwork & Documents required to obtain Employment Visa and National ID Card for teaching English in Oman:

Application
Passport
Medical Test (May also be required on arrival in Oman)
Criminal Record Check
Employment Contract
Other documents as required

5. Save for Basic Start-up Costs

We recommend that individuals interested in teaching in Oman should plan to arrive with at least $1,000-$1,500 saved to cover some initial expenses. While most employers provide housing and some even offer airfare, it's still advisable for new teachers to have some accessible funds for the first month or so to cover food and other basic expenses. However, it is very manageable to recover these start-up costs as most English teachers in Oman can save anywhere from $800-$2,000 per month after taking care of their expenses.

Oman attracts expatriates from around the globe who come to live and work in cities like Oman. Despite the increasing number of foreigners, Omani culture remains deeply rooted in its Arabian heritage. Apart from the financial benefits, teaching in Oman offers English teachers an incredible opportunity to immerse themselves in a culturally rich experience. And, with its unique location, Oman also offers once-in-a-lifetime opportunities to travel in South Asia and the Middle East.

Go Further:

International TEFL Academy Wins Top Award for International Education in 2023

info@InternationalTEFLAcademy.com (International TEFL Academy) — Tue, 06 Jun 2023 18:13:08 GMT

International TEFL Academy (ITA) and our staff are thrilled and proud to have won the People's Choice Award for Best International Education Organization for the third year in a row (and the fourth time in five years) at the presentation of GoAbroad Awards for Innovation in Meaningful Travel held on June 1, 2023, in Washington, D.C.

This award honors the top international education organization as selected by study & work abroad professionals and students by popular vote. The top five finalists in this category were chosen by the nomination of their peers, including study abroad advisers from college universities and representatives of other international education organizations. This year, alumni could also nominate organizations. International TEFL Academy is proud to be the first TEFL certification school ever to win this prestigious award four times. ITA first won the award in 2018 and also won in 2021 and 2022.

For nearly two decades, GoAbroad.com has been a leading online resource for information on "meaningful travel," including studying abroad, volunteering abroad & teaching English abroad. GoAbroad’s annual Innovation Awards were created for the purpose of "showcasing the best in innovation, originally, creativity, and exceptional ideas in international education."

Since 2010, International TEFL Academy has certified and assisted more than 45,000 people from all backgrounds to gain employment teaching English abroad in 80 countries worldwide. In recent years, thousands of ITA students have also been hired to teach English online, especially during the COVID-19 pandemic, when schools worldwide largely went virtual.

International TEFL Academy Co-Founder Ian Davis, Molly Mattison, Stewart Brown, and Marushka accepted the People's Choice Award for Best International Education Organization on behalf of ITA in 2023.

ITA offers accredited TEFL certification classes online & in 20 locations worldwide. Students receive comprehensive pre-enrollment guidance & access to thousands of articles, videos, alumni stories & other resources to learn about job markets & the process of moving abroad. All graduates receive lifetime job search guidance, including personalized assistance from ITA's Student Affairs experts, in addition to access to alumni networks of more than 45,000 graduates across the globe. This year, ITA also offers guaranteed job placement programs for individuals seeking end-to-end personalized support in gaining an overseas teaching position.

In addition to winning the People's Choice Award, ITA was also nominated as a finalist for the Innovative TEFL/Teach Abroad Program Award.

For our Innovative Teach Abroad Program submission, ITA highlighted its lifetime job search guidance provided to alumni of its TEFL certification courses. One of the best benefits afforded to students in the industry, ITA's team supports thousands of its community members every year in finding teaching positions and success in the TEFL field. Read more about ITA's lifetime job search guidance here.

In past years, ITA alumnus Jack Ross' video, "Thank you Vietnam" won the 2020 Innovative Student Video Award. In addition, ITA has received nominations for awards in TEFL Innovation (2020), Alumni Engagement (2017), Philanthropy (2022, 2021, 2016) and the STA Start the Adventure Award (2016), an honor for an individual most influential in international education, our founder and president Bruce Jones was the nominee.

International TEFL Academy would like to thank the GoAbroad Innovation Awards Academy Members for the honor of being selected as a finalist, all of those who voted for ITA in the winning of the People's Choice Award and we salute all nominations & winners. Check out a full list of 2023 GoAbroad Awards winners here.

How Much Salary Do English Teachers Make in Hungary?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Wed, 31 May 2023 21:09:49 GMT

An ancient crossroads in the heart of Europe, Hungary is one of the continent's up-and-coming job markets for teaching English. The draws of living and teaching in Hungary range from grand palaces and castles to historic cities, charming villages, and classic continental cuisine.

Enticing, right? But how much money can you make teaching English in Hungary? Let's find out!

English Teacher in Hungary Salary

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in Hungary?

On average, English teachers in Hungary can expect to make anywhere between $650-$950 USD (approx. 225,000 - 330,000 HUF*) per month with the option to earn additional income through private tutoring ($5-20 USD per hour) and teaching English online ($5-$20 USD per hour).

Those teaching English in public schools through the CTEP Program receive a salary of approximately $500, but also receive accommodations, access to health insurance, paid vacation and other benefits included with the program fee (see below for more information).

Your salary will fluctuate depending on which teaching position you choose to pursue and how many hours you teach per week. Any previous teaching experience can possibly translate into higher starting pay rates and as you gain experience (and good performance and customer reviews), you will likely see your salary rise accordingly.

* The abbreviation for the Hungarian Forint is HUF (even though Hungary is an EU nation, it does not use the Euro).

Hungary Teaching Salary: The Details

There are several different teaching opportunities available for TEFL-certified teachers in Hungary. When researching salaries for teaching positions in Hungary, remember that the cost of living is considerably lower in Hungary than in the U.S., the U.K., and many other Western European nations.

ESL (English as a second language) teachers who ultimately spend time teaching English in Hungary do so via one of the following avenues:

Teaching business professionals in English language schools
CTEP Public School Teaching Program (Most Popular)
Private tutoring for both children and adults
Teach English online
A combination of the above.

NOTE: If you possess more advanced teaching credentials, you may be able to gain employment teaching English in an international school or a private bilingual grade school or high school. These schools often offer higher salaries and more benefits than the positions that typical first-time teachers will take.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in Hungary Details
Language School Salary	Between $650 and $950 USD per month
CTEP Public School Program	Approximately $500 USD per month + Housing, health insurance & paid vacation
Private Tutoring Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$500-1,000 USD per month
Start-up Costs	Between $1,000 and $1,500 USD

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. Hungary Language School Salaries

Teaching in private language institutes is not as common in Hungary is not as common for first-time English teachers because it is more difficult for Americans and non-EU citizens to get legal work visas to teach in some schools (most Americans teach through CTEP - see below). Most of these opportunities are available to citizens of EU countries or those who already have residency or a legal right to work in Hungary.

Most ESL teachers will find their first employment in a language institute once they are on the ground in Hungary. However, some schools will interview in advance over a video call.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at language schools in Hungary can expect to make anywhere between $500 - $1,000 USD per month.

Visa Options for Teaching English in Hungary

Work Visa for Teaching English in Hungary

Hungary represents a more challenging job market for any teacher who does not already have citizenship from a qualified European Union (EU) nation or working rights in Hungary.

EU CITIZENS

Hungarian work permits are available for people who are already EU citizens. EU citizens can expect to find jobs during the peak hiring months of September and January, with an expected downtime in August and from Christmas through the second week of January.

US, CANADIAN, & UK CITIZENS

Teachers holding citizenship from the US, Canada, and the UK can apply for the Central European Teaching Program (CETP- see below for more information) to teach English to children in public schools throughout Hungary. Teachers working with CETP will receive a work visa after they arrive in Hungary, and CETP will provide all of the necessary documentation. The visa is usually processed about two weeks after the application.

2. Pay for CTEP Teaching Jobs in Public Schools

The Central European Teaching Program (CETP) is the most common way for non-EU citizens - including Americans and most ITA graduates - to teach English in Hungary. This is in part due to the fact that CTEP will sponsor legal work visas for teaching English in Hungary, which are otherwise difficult to obtain.

To participate in the program, participants pay a placement fee for positions of 6-10 months teaching English in a public school - positions are available in cities and towns throughout Hungary. Participants receive a monthly salary of approximately $500, in addition to benefits like accommodations, health insurance, legal work visa, orientation, in-country support, and paid vacation. Teachers pay a placement fee of approximately $2,500 ($1,800 for one semester) to participate in this program,

3. Hungary Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students (especially adults) is extremely common among English teachers in Hungary. Teachers that choose this route are often:

Teaching English in Hungary at a public or private school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Teaching English online and seeking supplemental income by privately tutoring students in addition to their online teaching job;

Getting clients for private lessons is a marketing exercise, and all the avenues that seem appropriate to your circumstances have to be explored. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, embassies, or corner shops;
Run an advertisement in local periodicals, especially those that cater to university students, professionals and ex-pats;
Send notices to local public schools announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English.
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.), and professional associations who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them.
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, and even travel agencies and tourism companies.
Get ESL business cards made with Hungaria on one side and English on the other.
Enroll in ITA's English Tutoring Specialty Course. This course will not only provide you with enhanced teaching skills in a private tutoring setting but also incorporates practical guidelines for how to set up your own tutoring business.

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in Hungary?

As a first-time private ESL tutor in Hungary, you should expect to charge and make around $5-20 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons (depending on where in Hungary you are based). If you are providing private tutoring lessons for small groups (2-3 students at a time), it's possible to increase your rates as your small group of students will be splitting the hourly cost amongst themselves. Also, if you are able to market yourself to economic elites and ex-pats - especially those who work at embassies or multinational corporations, you can very likely charge higher rates and make the equivalent of $20+ an hour. These types of clients are typically easier to cultivate once you have a little experience under your belt and some reviews as well.

4. Hungary Teaching English Online Salaries

Like private ESL tutoring, teaching English online is an extremely popular way for teachers to make money. Some English teachers in Hungary teach online as their sole job and income, while others do it to supplement the income they earn from teaching at a language school or from private tutoring.

Teaching English online provides TEFL-certified teachers with the opportunity to make money from the comfort of their own homes, with most teachers being able to make anywhere from $5-$20 USD per hour. Hours are flexible, and it is up to you how much or how little you teach - you are in total control of your schedule. Also, remember that the cost of living is lower in Hungary, so every $5-$20 that you earn will have a lot more purchasing power and go will go further than it does in the U.S. or Western Europe.

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to Hungary. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move and will ensure that you have an income immediately upon your arrival in Hungary.

Additional Reading: To learn more about how much you can earn from online ESL teaching, please read How Much Money Can I Make Teaching English Online? Need help finding an online teaching platform? Check out Non-Chinese ESL Companies to Teach English Online With.

Expenses for Teaching English in Hungary

There are two categories of expenses that need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in Hungary:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Hungary

Start-up costs will range from $1,050 - $1,450 USD (265,450 – 366,600 HUF). These are expenses you will incur from your arrival in Hungary until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc. It does not include airfare or TEFL certification costs, which you should also figure into your planning.

This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in Hungary. If you have more, great, but if you have less, you may be setting yourself up for failure from the get-go which can cause unnecessary added stress during an already stressful period of adaption and change.

For those teaching at private language schools, there are no flight or housing benefits/stipends provided so you will need to remember to account for accommodation or temporary housing for your first few weeks in your start-up costs until you find an apartment to rent.

For those teaching as part of the CETP Program, your initial costs will include a program fee of $2500 for a full academic year placement ($1800 for a one-semester placement). This includes accommodations in your own private apartment, usually within a convenient walk or commute to the school. In addition, the fee includes:

Paid full-time teaching placement, September to June
Full health insurance
Airport pick-up in Hungary
Detailed information to help you prepare to live and teach in your country of choice
In-country orientation session
Furnished housing for the duration of placement
Utilities (except phone and Internet service)
Social events and teacher training classes
Monthly newsletter
Ongoing in-country support

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in Hungary

Cost of living refers to everyday expenses you will incur during your time in Hungary. The cost of living in Hungary is relatively low ($600 - $900 a month), and salaries ($500 - $9500 a month) for first-time ESL teachers are modest. English teachers typically live comfortably on what they earn, but financial planning is still imperative to prepare you for success. If you teach through the CTEP program, your expenses will be even less because accommodations are provided through the program. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary drastically based on where in Hungary you are based. For example, those living in larger cities like Budapest can expect to have a higher cost of living compared to those located in smaller cities or towns. As a general rule of thumb, you should budget $500 - $1,000 USD per month to cover your cost of living.

Hungary is very much a break-even country, meaning you can cover your rent and bills, support yourself, live comfortably, and enjoy your life abroad to the fullest, but you shouldn't expect to save money at the end of each month. If you are hustling and taking on private tutoring lessons and/or teaching English online in addition to your regular teaching schedule, you may increase your ability to save and come out on top at the end of each month.

Go further: Requirements for teaching English in Hungary

What Are the Basic Requirements for Teaching English in Hungary?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Wed, 31 May 2023 20:59:39 GMT

Do you seek to teach English in a country where you can enjoy a quintessential European experience, complete with majestic castles, old-world bars and cafes, and open-air markets on cobblestoned streets? In that case, Hungary is definitely a top option to consider. One of the fastest-growing markets for English language instruction in central Europe, Hungary offers a great combination of history, culture, and location in the heart of the continent. In addition, the cost of living is lower than in many Western European nations like France and Germany.

If you are considering teaching English in Hungary, you must meet the following qualifications.

What Qualifications Do You Need to Become an English Teacher in Hungary?

To teach English in Hungary, you will need a TEFL certificate. A college degree is typically required. Native English proficiency is expected to find a TEFL job. The average salary for an English teacher in Hungary is about $650 - $950 USD per month.

Requirements to Teach English in Hungary

Now let's look at the following requirements to teach English in Hungary in detail:

Have a TEFL Certification (typically required)
Be a Fluent English Speaker
Have a Bachelor's Degree (preferred)
Have a valid passport and visa
Meet the requirements for teaching in the Central European Teaching Program (CETP)

1. Have a TEFL Certification (Typically Required)

To teach English in Hungary, you will need a TEFL Certification. Though not technically a legal requirement, reputable private language schools in Hungary typically require that their teachers be TEFL certified. Quality schools offering quality jobs typically are not interested in hiring teachers who have not received proper training.

2. Be a Fluent English Speaker

You do not need to be a native English speaker to teach English in Hungary. However, you will be expected to be fluent in English and speak at a native level to be considered for teaching jobs. Citizenship from the EU nations (fluent speakers with TEFL certification), USA, Canada, UK, Ireland, Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa is highly preferred.

3. Have a Bachelor's Degree (Preferred)

Can You Teach English in Hungary Without a Degree?

A Bachelor's degree is typically required to secure a job in Hungary. It is strongly preferred by employers and is required to participate in the CTEP Program, which is the most popular way for ITA graduates to teach in Hungary. If you do not have a degree, you should be prepared for a more competitive job search and to consider teaching in other countries.

4. Have a Valid Passport and Visa

Americans and citizens of other non-EU countries do not have the luxury of teaching and working freely within the European Union (EU), like Hungary.

Teachers holding citizenship from the US, Canada, the UK, Ireland and other EU nations can apply for the Central European Teaching Program (CETP) to teach English to children in public schools throughout Hungary. Teachers working with CETP will receive a work visa after they arrive in Hungary. CETP will provide all of the necessary documentation. The visa is usually processed approximately two weeks after the application.

You will need the following documents to apply for positions and to submit for your visa to teach English in Hungary:

Valid Passport (for at least 6 months from your arrival in Hungary)
International resume/CV and cover letter
Original TEFL Certificate
College/University diploma
Any additional necessary provided by employer or CTEP

Here are a few bonus documents recommended to have available:

Sample lesson plans
College transcripts.

5. Meet the Requirements for CTEP

Most Americans and other native English speakers who teach English in Hungary do so through the CETP Program, which requires a payment fee, but the positions pay well by local standards and offer good salaries and benefits, including housing, health insurance & paid vacations. CETP is also one of the only options for non-EU citizens to gain a valid visa for teaching English in Hungary. The program also includes accommodations, competitive salaries, access to health insurance, and paid vacation.

Here are the primary requirements to participate in the CTEP program:

Native English speaker from the U.S., Canada, the U.K., or an EU country
TEFL/TESOL Certification with a minimum of 20 hours of classroom teaching experience
Doctor’s letter stating the teacher is in good health (required to process work visa in Hungary)
Background check
Notarized copy of university diploma

Go Further:

How Much Salary Do English Teachers Get Paid in Ecuador?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Thu, 18 May 2023 16:17:34 GMT

With a population of just 18 million, Ecuador isn't one of the largest nations in South America. Still with an economy increasingly based on tourism and international commerce, English language instruction is in high demand in Ecuador creating a wide variety of opportunities for TEFL-certified English teachers to work in a nation overflowing with natural and cultural treasures.

Ecuador offers many benefits for English teachers, including a low cost of living, great travel opportunities, and fewer hiring restrictions than many other top TEFL job markets around the world. It doesn't offer the highest salaries by any stretch, but you can certainly live comfortably and we offer some tips on how to make extra money for travel and other endeavors.

Enticing, right? But how much can you make teaching ESL in Ecuador? Let's find out together.

English Teacher in Ecuador Salary

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in Ecuador?

On average, English teachers in Ecuador can expect to make anywhere between $500 - $800 USD per month with the option to earn additional income through private tutoring ($10-20 USD per hour) and teaching English online ($5-$20 USD per hour).

Note: the official currency of Ecuador is the U.S. Dollar ($).

Your exact salary will depend on which teaching job(s) you accept and also your level of previous experience and training in the field of teaching English as a foreign language (TEFL). NOTE: Prior teaching experience is not required to teach English in Ecuador, however a TEFL certification is typically required.

Ecuador Teaching Salary: The Details

There are several different teaching opportunities available for TEFL-certified teachers in Ecuador. ESL (English as a second language) teachers who ultimately spend time teaching English in Ecuador do so via one of the following avenues:

Teaching adults in English language schools
Private tutoring adults and/or children or university students
Teaching business English to adults
Teaching English online
Teaching children in a private grade school or bilingual school
A combination of the above.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in Ecuador Details
Language School Salary	Between $500 and $800 USD per month
Private Tutoring Salary	$10-$20 USD per hour
Business English Salary	Between $500 and $800 USD per month
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$500-$800 USD per month
Start-up Costs	Between $1,000 and $1,200 USD

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. Ecuador Language School Salaries

Major TEFL markets in Ecuador can be found in bigger cities like Quito, Cuenca, and Guayaquil. The school year in Ecuador runs from March - December with peak hiring seasons being February - March, and July - August. While some schools will interview in advance over the phone and via email, most English teachers are expected to interview in person once they arrive in Ecuador.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities like Quito earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at language schools in Ecuador can expect to make anywhere between $500 - $800 USD per month.

Visa Options for Teaching English in Ecuador

Tourist Visa for Teaching English in Ecuador

The type of visa you'll need in Ecuador (and how you get that visa) will depend on your nationality, teaching job, and perhaps other factors like whether you get your job in advance of your arrival, or if you get hired locally in Ecuador.

Most foreign English teachers in Ecuador teach either on a Volunteer Visa or a Professional Visa.

2. Ecuador Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students is extremely common among English teachers in Ecuador. Most tutoring gigs entail teaching English to adults, including many learning English for business or professional reasons. There are also some opportunities to provide private lessons to younger learners. Teachers that choose this route are often:

Teaching English in Ecuador at a language school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Teaching English online and seeking supplemental income by privately tutoring students in addition to their online teaching job;
Solely providing private-tutoring lessons as their only form of income.

Getting clients for private lessons is a marketing exercise, and all the avenues that seem appropriate to your circumstances have to be explored. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, or corner shops;
Run an advertisement in the local paper;
Send notices to local public schools and universities announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English;
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.) who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them;
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, perhaps even travel agencies;
Get ESL business cards (in Spanish & English) made before you leave your home country that has your name, email address, and phone number on them.
To build the best teaching skills and to maximize your earning potential as a private tutor, enroll in ITA's English Tutoring Specialty Course.

"With about $600 per month, you can be pretty comfortable. But it's possible to live on less. I'm very happy with our standard of living, and I worry about money a lot less than I did in the US."

- ITA alumna Angela Bailey, Portland, Oregon

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in Ecuador?

As a private ESL tutor in Ecuador, you should expect to charge and make around $10-15 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons (depending on where in Ecuador you are based - rates are usually higher in bigger cities). If you are providing private tutoring lessons for small groups (2-3 students at a time), it's possible to increase your rates as your small group of students will be splitting the hourly cost amongst themselves.

3. Ecuador Business English Teaching Salaries

Business English involves typically involves teaching employees business-specific English at their place of employment. As a business English teacher in Ecuador, you can expect to make anywhere between $500 - $800 USD per month.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities like Lima earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. Another cause for a fluctuation in pay may include the number of times a business requests your services over the course of the month.

4. Ecuador Teaching English Online Salaries

Like private ESL tutoring, teaching English online is an extremely popular way for teachers to make money. Many English teachers in Ecuador teach online as their sole job and income source, while others do it to supplement the income they earn from teaching at a school or from private tutoring.

Teaching English online provides TEFL-certified teachers with the opportunity to make money from the comfort of their own homes, with most starting teachers being able to make anywhere from $5-$20 USD per hour. Hours are flexible and it is up to you how much or how little you teach - you are in total control of your schedule.

If you are looking to ensure students are within your same timezone, check out these three online ESL schools based in Latin America:

Beyond English - starting pay is $17 USD per hour taught for U.S. teachers
Open English - earn up to $15 USD per hour
Latin Hire - compensation varies depending on the total amount of hours you are available to work

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to Ecuador. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move and will ensure that you have an income immediately upon your arrival in Ecuador.

To boost your TEO skills and maximize your earning potential as an online English teacher, enroll in ITA's Teaching English Online (TEO) TEFL Specialty Course.

Additional Reading: To learn more about how much you can earn from online ESL teaching, please read How Much Money Can I Make Teaching English Online?

Expenses for Teaching English in Ecuador

There are two categories of expenses that need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in Ecuador:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Ecuador

Start-up costs are expenses you will incur from your arrival in Ecuador until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like a security deposit and first month's rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc.

Start-up costs should be enough to cover your first month of living in Ecuador and will range somewhere between $1,000 and $1,200 USD. This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in Ecuador. If you have more, great, but if you have less, you may be setting yourself up for failure from the get-go which can cause unnecessary added stress during an already stressful period of adaption and change. NOTE: This does not include airfare or other travel to Ecuador, which you will typically be responsible for.

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in Ecuador

Cost of living refers to everyday monthly expenses you will incur during your time in Ecuador. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary drastically based on where in Ecuador you are based. For example, those living in larger cities like Lima can expect to have a higher cost of living compared to those located in smaller cities or towns. As a general rule of thumb, you should budget $500 - $800 USD per month to cover your cost of living.

Ecuador is very much a break-even country, meaning you can cover your rent and bills, support yourself, live comfortably, and enjoy your life abroad to the fullest, but you shouldn't expect to save money at the end of each month. If you are hustling and taking on private tutoring lessons and/or teaching English online in addition to your regular teaching schedule, you may increase your ability to save and come out on top at the end of each month.

Go further:

What Are the Requirements for Teaching English in Ecuador?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Wed, 17 May 2023 15:36:55 GMT

From Andean peaks and ancient pre-Colombian history to Quito's bustling streets and the Galapagos Islands' warm shores, Ecuador offers mind-bending contrasts and an endless array of cultural and historical treasures waiting for you to discover. It is also a young and dynamic nation emerging as a top job market for teaching English in Latin America.

With an economy increasingly based on international trade and tourism, English language instruction has become a significant priority for the Ecuadorean government and private citizens and businesses looking to reach their potential in a globalized economy where English is increasingly the dominant language.

If you are considering teaching English in Ecuador, you will need to ensure you meet the following qualifications:

What Qualifications Do You Need to Become an English Teacher in Ecuador?

To teach English in Ecuador, you will need a TEFL certification. A 4-year college degree is not required but is often preferred. You do not need to be a native-English speaker but you will be expected to be fluent in English and speak at a native level. The average salary for a starting English teacher in Ecuador is about $500 - $7,000 USD per month.

How to Teach English in Ecuador

Now let’s look at the following requirements to teach English in Ecuador in more detail:

Hold a TEFL certification
Have a college degree (not required but preferred)
Be a native-English speaker from the U.S., U.K., Ireland, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, or South Africa (not required but often preferred)
Hold a valid passport & visa
Be financially prepared for start-up costs

Let’s expand on each of these Ecuador ESL teaching requirements and qualifications below:

1. Hold a TEFL Certification

A TEFL (Teach English as a Foreign Language) certificate is required to teach English in Ecuador. Getting TEFL certified will provide you with the relevant training and qualifications you need to get hired by a reputable school in Ecuador. In addition, it should give you confidence in your abilities to provide effective ESL lessons to your students.

Which TEFL Course is Right for Me?

Most language schools in Ecuador recruit and interview on the ground, in person. Therefore, it is common for many aspiring English teachers to take ITA’s 4-week TEFL Course in Quito, Ecuador. Taking the course in Ecuador means you can begin interviewing for TEFL jobs in Ecuador immediately at course completion.

The course staff will assist you with finding local teaching opportunities and will provide guidance for the interview process.

Another popular option is ITA's 170-Hour Online TEFL Course which you can take online from home. This award-winning course is part-time, so you can take it while going to school or working full-time, so you can work and save some extra money in anticipation of your departure to Ecuador.

Check out a Full Index of TEFL Courses.
All ITA students & graduates receive lifetime Job Search Guidance to teach English in Cambodia & 80 nations worldwide.

2. Have a College Degree (Not Required But Preferred)

Can I Teach English in Ecuador Without a Degree?

A bachelor’s degree is not required to teach English in Ecuador. Your TEFL certification should be enough to successfully gain employment as an ESL teacher. Please note, while a bachelor’s degree is not a requirement some employers may still prefer that you have one.

Do I Need Prior Teaching Experience?

While prior teaching experience can help you stand out on your resume, you do not need it to teach English in Ecuador. Your TEFL certification training will provide you with the relevant qualifications you need to get hired by a school in Ecuador.

Any reputable TEFL certification course should include a mandatory practicum omponent to help gain firsthand experience practice teaching with real non-native English speakers. This will prepare you for the classroom and leave you feeling confident in your ability to deliver well-structured ESL lessons to your students. This practice teaching can count as teaching experience and should be highlighted on your resume.

3. Be a Native-English Speaker from the U.S., U.K., Ireland Australia, Canada, New Zealand, or South Africa (Not Required But Preferred)

If you are a qualified, non-native English speaker, you may be considered for English teaching jobs in Ecuador. Non-natives will be expected to be fluent in English and speak at a native level. Although not required, native-English speakers with citizenship from the U.S., U.K., Ireland, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, or South Africa may still be preferred by some employers.

Do I need to speak Spanish to teach English in Ecuador?

You do not need to speak Spanish to teach English in Ecuador, though learning some Spanish will definitely make your life easier, including when it comes to recruiting private students.

4. Have a Valid Passport & Visa

You will need a valid passport to enter and work as an English teacher in Ecuador. If your passport is scheduled to expire within six months of your planned arrival in Ecuador, it is recommended that you renew your passport prior to your departure.

What Type of Visa Will I Need to Teach English in Ecuador?

There are two types of visas that most foreign English teachers will use for teaching English in Ecuador. The type of visa that you will use will depend on your teaching job, your employer and possibly other factors like your nationality or the length of your contract. The process and required documents for getting each type of visa will vary. To learn more, please read What Kind of Visa Can I Use for Teaching English in Ecuador?

Volunteer Visa

Your Volunteer visa can be processed in your home country at the consulate or in Ecuador. Contact the consulate to determine the length of visa processing time, as it can be same-day or mailed in a couple of weeks.

Professional Visa

You can process your Professional visa in your home country at the consulate.

Be sure to talk with your ITA Advisor about visas before you head overseas to Ecuador or enroll in your TEFL Class.

5. Be Financially Prepared for Start-up Costs

Start-up costs include those expenses you will incur from your arrival in Ecuador until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc. Remember, nobody will hand you a paycheck the moment you step off the plane, and given that most English teachers will interview and apply for jobs upon arrival, you will need to cover 1-2 months of living expenses ($1,000 - $1,200 on the safe side) until you start working and getting paid. You will also need to cover your airfare to Ecuador from your home country.

The cost of living in Ecuador is relatively low ($500 - $7,00 USD per month) with most teachers breaking even each month. This means you can cover your rent and bills, support yourself, and enjoy your life abroad to the fullest, but you shouldn’t expect to save money at the end of each month. Financial planning is imperative to prepare for your success.

A solid hourly wage enables teachers the opportunity to live a comfortable lifestyle while in Ecuador. English teachers in Ecuador can expect to make the equivalent of $500 - $700 USD per month. It is common for teachers in Ecuador also give private lessons and may teach English online as well to supplement their income.

Go further:

2026 College Graduates: How to Get Guaranteed TEFL Jobs in Asia

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Fri, 28 Apr 2023 15:52:50 GMT

Imagine you're a new college graduate in 2026, feeling anxious about stepping into a shaky job market. Perhaps you're not ready to spend the next few years working in a cubicle or, living in your parent's basement and staying in your hometown. Fortunately, you have alternatives. If you're interested in traveling the world, experiencing personal growth, and gaining valuable skills to enhance your resume—all while saving money—you just need to think outside the box and explore your options.

International TEFL Academy’s Guaranteed Job Placement Programs for Teaching English Abroad in Asia provide new college graduates in 2026 with opportunities to live, work, and travel as English teachers in some of Asia’s most dynamic and exciting countries, including Japan, South Korea, Vietnam, Cambodia, and Thailand. Teaching English as a foreign language (TEFL) is one of the fastest-growing sectors of international education, and you can get paid to teach abroad even without prior teaching experience or a degree in education.

Why Should You Consider Teaching English Abroad Right After College?

There are many reasons, including:

Travel the world, see new places, immerse yourself in new cultures, and push yourself beyond your comfort zone.
Get paid enough to save $200 - $1,000 a month after expenses.
Gain international work experience on your resume.
Improve your skills in areas like public speaking, group management, and adapting to new situations.
Make a difference in the lives of others.

What Is the Job Market Like for 2026 College Grads?

From 2025 and going into 2026, layoffs and hiring freezes at government agencies and companies such as Meta and Boeing have created an uncertain job market for new college graduates. According to Forbes, the Class of 2025 and beyond may face several challenges. Although they might experience fewer layoffs, hiring freezes will increase due to economic uncertainty and a shift away from remote work as the norm.

Why is Teaching English Abroad One of the Best Jobs for New College Graduates?

According to the British Council, 1.75 billion people will be using and learning English worldwide in 2026. This demand means that an English speaker with an accredited TEFL certification may qualify for literally thousands of jobs teaching English abroad in dozens of countries around the globe.

The biggest markets and most lucrative job markets for teaching English abroad are primarily in East Asia, where schools and language institutes in countries like South Korea, Japan, and Thailand recruit thousands of native-speaking English teachers annually, and millions of school children, university students, and adults (primarily for professional reasons) enroll in English classes each year.

From the job placement process and visa paperwork to in-depth cultural training, our program provides the end-to-end support and personalized guidance you need to enjoy the experience of a lifetime teaching English abroad.

So let's dive right into it.

How to Get a Guaranteed English Teaching Job in Asia

4 Steps to Begin Teaching English Abroad Right After College

Here are the steps you need to take as a new college graduate to start making money as a professional English teacher in Asia in 2026:

Research Your Options & Speak to an Expert Advisor
Register for Your Teaching Placement & Enroll in Your TEFL Course
Pre-Departure Preparations for Arranging Your Placement
Arrive in Your Destination Country – Participate in Cultural Orientation & Begin Teaching

1. Research Your Options & Speak to an Expert Advisor

So you want to live abroad, see the world, and teach English overseas in a fantastic location like Korea, Thailand, or Japan? Here are some links to learn more about teaching English in these countries and the Guaranteed Job Placement Programs that International TEFL Academy offers to help you get paid to live and travel abroad in Asia as a professional English teacher.

First, download a free ebook: Guide to Job Placement Programs for Teaching in Asia.
Second, learn about individual country options for paid teaching jobs offered by ITA.
Three, call 773-634-9900 in the U.S. or fill out a form Contact an expert TEFL advisor who will be available to answer your questions and help you make your personalized plan for teaching English in Asia.

Guaranteed Job Placement for Teaching English in Japan

From uber-modern mega cities like Tokyo & Yokohama to superfast bullet trains and ancient Shogun castles, Japan is a world of stunning contrasts. It’s also one of the oldest and most well-established English teaching markets in the world. Our experienced team and network of more than 150 carefully vetted schools in Japan will ensure you enjoy the best possible teaching experience in this fantastic teaching destination. While Japan is known for a relatively high cost of living, most English teachers make enough salary to save up to $2,500 a year or more after expenses.

Teach English in Japan Guaranteed Job Placement Program – Get an overview of how ITA’s placement program will set you up with teaching jobs in Japan that match your preferences.
Teaching English in Japan Country Profile – A general overview of all aspects of teaching English in Japan.
Read dozens of informative articles & alumni videos about teaching English in Japan.

Guaranteed Job Placement for Teaching English in South Korea

From K-Pop and kimchi to Kia Motors and Samsung, South Korea has confidently claimed its place on the world stage in recent decades as a cultural and commercial powerhouse. Offering some of the highest salaries (many first-time teachers are able to save $12,000 a year or more after expenses!) and best benefits (like free housing) in the world, South Korea offers English teachers opportunities not only to make and save money but also the chance of a lifetime to explore one of Asia’s most dynamic and fascinating nations. So, if you’re looking for a grand adventure that will also pad your bank account, here are some great resources to learn more about South Korea as a destination for teaching English abroad.

Teach English in South Korea Guaranteed Job Placement Program – Get an overview of how ITA’s placement program will set you up with teaching jobs in South Korea that match your preferences.
Teaching English in South Korea Country Profile – A general overview of all aspects of teaching English in South Korea.
Read dozens of informative articles & alumni videos about teaching English in South Korea.

Guaranteed Job Placement Program for Teaching English in Thailand

A tropical nation in the heart of Southeast Asia, Thailand is a land of lush jungles, legendary beaches, ancient temples, and thousands of years of history and culture. Cities like Bangkok and Chiang Mai are renowned for their vibrant street life, colorful markets, and amazing cuisine, including that authentic pad thai you’ve been craving!

Thailand is also one of the region's largest job markets for teaching English. With a dynamic economy increasingly based on tourism and international commerce, combined with a large population of youth growing up in the interconnected world of the digital age, the demand for English teachers is higher than ever. With a network of more than 1,000 carefully vetted schools spread throughout Thailand, our program ensures you can get placed in a job that best meets your preferences.

Teach English in Thailand Guaranteed Job Placement Program – Get an overview of how ITA’s placement program will set you up with teaching jobs in Thailand that match your preferences.
Teaching English in Thailand Country Profile – A general overview of all aspects of teaching English in Thailand.

Read dozens of informative articles & alumni videos about teaching English in Thailand.

Guaranteed Job Placement for Teaching English in Vietnam

A popular destination for those seeking off-the-beaten-path experiences, Vietnam is an exciting country with teaching jobs needed year-round. Be prepared to immerse yourself in a tapestry of cultures, savor tantalizing cuisine, and forge connections with warm and welcoming locals. Vietnam is known for its relatively low cost of living, and most English teachers make enough salary to save up to $600 a month or more after expenses. Your money will go far and allow you to enjoy amazing food and adventures.

Teach English in Vietnam Guaranteed Job Placement Program – Get an overview of how ITA’s placement program will set you up with teaching jobs in Japan that match your preferences.
Teaching English in Vietnam Country Profile – A general overview of all aspects of teaching English in Vietnam.
Read dozens of informative articles & alumni videos about teaching English in Vietnam.

Guaranteed Job Placement for Teaching English in Cambodia

From the ancient temples of Angkor Wat to the bustling city of Phnom Penh, Cambodia has a plethora of sites to see and things to do. It’s also one of the fastest-growing English teaching markets in the world and is even open to those without a degree. Cambodia has a pretty low cost of living, allowing most teachers to save up to $6,000 a year to go into the bank or travel around Southeast Asia.

Teach English in Cambodia Guaranteed Job Placement Program – Get an overview of how ITA’s placement program will set you up with teaching jobs in Cambodia that match your preferences.
Teaching English in Cambodia Country Profile – A general overview of all aspects of teaching English in Cambodia.
Read dozens of informative articles & alumni videos about teaching English in Cambodia.

💡If you are interested in any of the TEFL Job Programs mentioned above, please fill out our form to connect with an ITA advisor. They will be available to answer your questions, verify that you meet all the requirements, and help you create a personalized plan for teaching English in Asia.

What Do ITA’s Guaranteed Job Programs for Teaching English in Asia Include?

Guaranteed English teaching job that best meets your preferences in Japan, Thailand, Vietnam, Cambodia, or South Korea. Our team will work with you to match you with schools that meet your preferences for location, age of students, and other factors.
Salary & benefits that meet or exceed local market averages. Our team will vet all contracts, and we vet all schools prior to placing teachers.
Placements available year-round, including some short-term contracts
Hands-on visa & work permit support
In South Korea, all teachers also receive accommodations in a rent-free studio apartment and a stipend for airfare.
Language & cultural training, both online and in-country, with exclusive excursions.
End-to-end personalized assistance with all aspects of the placement process, including resumes & interviews.
Access to 24/7 in-country support throughout your placement.
Free future teaching placements in other countries where available.

What Are the Requirements to Participate in an ITA Program for Teaching English in Asia?

Be a Citizen of the USA, Canada, UK, Ireland, South Africa, Australia, or New Zealand
Have a Bachelor’s degree
Be 21-40 years of age – Thailand program accepts participants up to 59 years of age.
Hold a minimum 120-hour accredited TEFL certification approved by ITA. If you are not TEFL-certified, ITA offers award-winning TEFL courses online and in 20+ locations.
- SAVE UP TO $400 when you enroll for your TEFL course and job placement together. (Learn more below.)
Clean criminal background check
Program fees range from $1350-$1750, depending on your TEFL certification status. These payments are made in three installments.

2. Register for Your Teaching Placement & Enroll in Your TEFL Course

IMPORTANT! You do not need to have prior teaching experience or a degree in education to teach English abroad or to participate in an ITA Guaranteed Teaching Placement Program for teaching English in Asia. However, you need to take an accredited TEFL certification course to gain the teaching skills and qualifications necessary to participate in a teaching placement program and to qualify for tens of thousands of additional English teaching jobs worldwide.

International TEFL Academy offers accredited TEFL courses in an 11-week part-time format (online) and four-week intensive formats (online & in-person).

Online TEFL courses are most popular because they cost less, and you can take the course from home part-time while working or going to school.

Onsite TEFL courses offer an opportunity to earn your TEFL certification in a cool international location while you acclimate to the country where you plan to teach.

You can take any accredited TEFL course, but for teaching in Asia through a job placement program, we recommend these primary TEFL courses.

Online TEFL Courses (4-week intensive, 11-week part-time)
TEFL course in Hanoi, Vietnam,
TEFL course in Incheon, Korea
TEFL course in Hua Hin, Thailand
TEFL course in Nagoya, Japan
TEFL Course in Phnom Penh, Cambodia

Lifetime Job Search Guidance is included with all ITA standard TEFL courses. Whether or not you sign up for a Guaranteed Job Placement for Teaching English in Asia, if you take an ITA TEFL course, you will receive lifetime access to comprehensive Job Search Guidance for teaching English abroad and online.

This means that if, for example, you sign up for a teaching placement in South Korea and then decide you want to teach somewhere else in Europe, Asia, Latin America, or the Middle East, you can always access the resources and personalized guidance you need to gain employment as a professional English teacher.

Read on: What's the difference between Job Search Guidance and Job Placement, and which is right for you?

Register for Your Teaching Placement and Your TEFL Course

If you are not TEFL certified: You can enroll for your TEFL course & your teaching placement in Japan, South Korea, or Thailand, together at this Registration Link. NOTE: You will save $400 on your teaching placement fee when you enroll in a TEFL course and your placement program together.

If you are already TEFL-certified, or if you have a university degree in TESOL, you can enroll directly into a teaching placement in Japan, South Korea, or Thailand at this Guaranteed Job Placement Registration Link.

Note: Both tuition and your guaranteed English teaching job placement in Asia can be paid for using interest-free installments.

3. Pre-Departure Preparations for Arranging Your Placement

The exact steps of your job placement process will vary depending on whether you need to take a TEFL course, which TEFL course you take, where you want to teach, your desired timeline, and other factors. Below is an overview of the steps you will take to land your teaching job in Asia. Our experienced team will provide personalized guidance at every step and will also provide guidance in areas, recommending what to pack, and when you should book your flights.

In most cases, the time between when you enroll in your placement program and begin your TEFL course will be four months for South Korea and Japan. In some cases, the process will be a bit shorter for Thailand. This is the time it will take to get your documents in order, interview, review contract offers, get your visa, and make travel arrangements.

The Timeline

Step 1 - Introduction & Planning

Our team will reach out and outline the job placement process, and help participants get all their documents together and in the proper format for our team to begin promoting you to prospective employers in our 2,500-school network. You will also receive personalized guidance on gathering documents you will need for your work permit/visa. Such documents typically include a notarized copy of your college diploma and possibly transcripts, and a criminal background check.

Note: For those enrolled in ITA’s online course, you can begin the placement & visa process while completing your course. This will enable you to have your teaching job and start date lined up as quickly as possible after completing your TEFL course.

Step 2 - Job Placement Prep

Our team schedules a one-on-one call to discuss your job placement preferences and prepare you for the job placement process.

Step 3 - Interviews

Our team will promote you as a teacher to schools that best meet your preferences and set up interviews for you. At this point, our team will provide interview coaching and help you prepare for your interview. You will then begin interviews with one or more prospective employers.

Step 5: After the Interview

Step 5.1. If the interview is successful, the school will offer you a job placement. Our team will review the contract offer to ensure it meets market standards and answer any contract-related questions. If you are satisfied with the offer, you can sign your contract.

Step 5.2. If the interview is unsuccessful or you do not wish to accept the job offer from the school, our team will continue to line up more interviews until you receive a job offer that satisfies you.

Step 6 – Getting Documents for Your Visa

Our team guides the participant through the process of applying for their visa and work permit and obtaining necessary documentation, such as criminal background checks, bachelor’s degrees, passports (if one doesn’t have one yet), etc., some of which require an authenticated, legalized, and apostilled copy.

Step 7: Cultural Orientation

If you plan to teach in Korea and Japan, you will take a 40-hour online cultural orientation before leaving home and join a weekend of cultural excursions during your first few weeks in the country.

Step 8 - Call Set Up

Our team will set up a call with you and guide you through what to expect when you arrive. This includes packing guides, assistance with booking flights and travel insurance, logistical questions, and so on.

4. Arrive in Your Destination Country – Participate in Cultural Orientation & Begin Teaching

Again, the exact process will vary depending on your personal circumstances, which TEFL course you take, and other variables. For example, if you take your TEFL class in Japan, South Korea, or Thailand, your cultural orientation will be folded into your on-site class calendar.

Arrive in your teaching country:

For Korea and Japan, you will head straight to their placement and start teaching. You will also join included excursions and other cultural activities, including cooking classes.
For Thailand, you will head to Hua Hin for a week of cultural orientation and start teaching in week two.

Our team will be there for you for every step of your journey. Once you arrive in Asia and begin teaching, we provide in-country support throughout your placement.

We are here to help you through any challenges you may face, and we also host regional teacher meetups and events.

How Much Do English Teachers Make in Morocco?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Wed, 19 Apr 2023 15:30:02 GMT

Located just in the northwestern corner of North Africa, Morocco is one of the continent's top job markets for teaching English. The draws of living and teaching in Morocco are endless. With scenic coastlines along both the Atlantic and the Mediterranean and the stunning beauty of the Atlas Mountains and the Sahara Desert, Morocco is a wonderland for those who love outdoor recreation. It is also home to the ancient civilization of the Berbers and has been a center of Arabic and Islamic culture for 1400 years. In addition, its cities like Fez, Rabat, Casablanca, and Marrakesh are renowned for their architecture (both historic & modern), colorful markets, and some of the best cuisine in the world.

Enticing, right? But how much money can you make teaching English in Morocco? Let's find out!

English Teacher in Morocco Salary

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in Morocco?

On average, English teachers in Morocco can expect to make anywhere between $500 - $1,000 USD (approx. 7,200 - 10,400 MAD*) per month with the option to earn additional income through private tutoring ($10-20 USD per hour) and teaching English online ($5-$20 USD per hour).

* The abbreviation for the Moroccan dirham is MAD.

Morocco Teaching Salary: The Details

There are several different teaching opportunities available for TEFL-certified teachers in Morocco. ESL (English as a second language) teachers who ultimately spend time teaching English in Morocco do so via one of the following avenues:

Teaching business professionals in English language schools
Private tutoring for both children and adults
Teach English online
A combination of the above.

NOTE: If you possess more advanced teaching credentials, you may be able to gain employment teaching English in an international school or a private bilingual grade school or high school. These schools often offer higher salaries and more benefits than the positions that typical first-time teachers will take.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in Morocco Details
Language School Salary	Between $500 and $1,000 USD per month
Private Tutoring Salary	$5-$15 USD per hour
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$500-1,000 USD per month
Start-up Costs	Between $1,000 and $1,500 USD

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. Morocco Language School Salaries

There is a great demand for English teachers in and around major cities like Fez, Rabat, Casablanca, Tangiers, and Marrakesh. The school year in Morocco typically runs from September through June or July. However, private language institutes that cater primarily to adults in the business community do not necessarily operate according to the academic calendar used by grade schools and universities.

Most ESL teachers will find their first employment in a language institute once they are on the ground in Morocco. However, some schools will interview in advance over a video call.

Americans may also find employment opportunities teaching English in American Language Centers, which are operated by the U.S. State Department in major cities throughout the country. Salaries are similar to those paid by top-level language schools.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at language schools in Morocco can expect to make anywhere between $500 - $1,000 USD per month.

Visa Options for Teaching English in Morocco

Work Visa for Teaching English in Morocco

Most foreign English teachers in Morocco will arrive in the country on a 90-day tourist visa, and then interview for positions locally. Once you gain employment, you will transition to a work permit.

If you find a job in advance of being in Morocco your work permit should be processed before moving to Morocco. Your employer should provide you with the necessary guidance and relevant documents to assist you with this process.

However, if you are already in Morocco - which is typical since most schools recruit and interview locally - you should be able to apply for a work permit with the help of your school. This is typically completed in Rabat, even if you are teaching outside of the city. You will need your college diploma, work contract, criminal background check, and TEFL Certificate to obtain a work permit. Consult with your school on any other documents you may need. The Department of labor will not issue work permits to teachers over the age of 60. You can read more about work permits for Morocco on the Department of Labor’s website.

2. Morocco Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students (especially adults) is extremely common among English teachers in Morocco. Teachers that choose this route are often:

Teaching English in Morocco at a language school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Teaching English online and seeking supplemental income by privately tutoring students in addition to their online teaching job;
Solely providing private-tutoring lessons as their only form of income.

Getting clients for private lessons is a marketing exercise, and all the avenues that seem appropriate to your circumstances have to be explored. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, embassies, or corner shops;
Run an advertisement in local periodicals, especially those that cater to university students, professionals and ex-pats;
Send notices to local public schools announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English.
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.), and professional associations who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them.
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, and even travel agencies and tourism companies.
Get ESL business cards made with Arabic on one side and English on the other.
Enroll in ITA's English Tutoring Specialty Course. This course will not only provide you with enhanced teaching skills in a private tutoring setting, but also incorporates practical guidelines for how to set up your own tutoring business.

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in Morocco?

As a first-time private ESL tutor in Morocco, you should expect to charge and make around $7-15 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons (depending on where in Morocco you are based). If you are providing private tutoring lessons for small groups (2-3 students at a time), it's possible to increase your rates as your small group of students will be splitting the hourly cost amongst themselves. Also, if you are able to market yourself to economic elites and ex-pats - especially those who work at embassies or multinational corporations, you can very likely charge higher rates and make the equivalent of $20+ an hour. These types of clients are typically easier to cultivate once you have a little experience under your belt and some reviews as well.

3. Morocco Teaching English Online Salaries

Like private ESL tutoring, teaching English online is an extremely popular way for teachers to make money. Some English teachers in Morocco teach online as their sole job and income, while others do it to supplement the income they earn from teaching at a language school or from private tutoring.

Teaching English online provides TEFL-certified teachers with the opportunity to make money from the comfort of their own homes, with most teachers being able to make anywhere from $5-$20 USD per hour. Hours are flexible, and it is up to you how much or how little you teach - you are in total control of your schedule. Also, remember that the cost of living is lower in Morocco, so every $5-$20 that you earn will have a lot more purchasing power and go will go further than it does in the U.S. or Europe.

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to Morocco. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move and will ensure that you have an income immediately upon your arrival in Morocco.

Expenses for Teaching English in Morocco

There are two categories of expenses that need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in Morocco:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Morocco

Start-up costs are expenses you will incur from your arrival in Morocco until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like a security deposit and first month's rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc.

Start-up costs to cover your first month of living in Morocco will usually range somewhere between $1,500 and $2,000 USD, but having access to $2000 - $3000 would be ideal. This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in Morocco. If you have more, great, but if you have less, you may be setting yourself up for failure from the get-go which can cause unnecessary added stress during an already stressful period of adaption and change.

When planning ahead, it's important to remember that there are other start-up costs to consider before embarking on your teaching adventure in Morocco. These will include the cost of your TEFL certification, airfare to Morocco, and any costs associated with obtaining necessary documents like your passport and a criminal background check.

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in Morocco

Cost of living refers to everyday monthly expenses you will incur during your time in Morocco. The cost of living in Morocco is relatively low ($500 - $1000 a month) and salaries ($500 - $1000 a month) for first-time ESL teachers are modest. English teachers typically live comfortably on what they earn, but financial planning is still imperative to prepare you for success. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary drastically based on where in Morocco you are based. For example, those living in larger cities like Santiago can expect to have a higher cost of living compared to those located in smaller cities or towns. As a general rule of thumb, you should budget $500 - $1,000 USD per month to cover your cost of living.

Morocco is very much a break-even country, meaning you can cover your rent and bills, support yourself, live comfortably, and enjoy your life abroad to the fullest, but you shouldn't expect to save money at the end of each month. If you are hustling and taking on private tutoring lessons and/or teaching English online in addition to your regular teaching schedule, you may increase your ability to save and come out on top at the end of each month.

Go further: Requirements for teaching English in Morocco

Why Teach in Korea? Top 10 Reasons to Teach English in Seoul

info@InternationalTEFLAcademy.com (International TEFL Academy) — Tue, 28 Mar 2023 15:50:06 GMT

Since 1948, Seoul has been the capital of South Korea as well as its cultural, political, and economic heart. Occupied twice during the Korean War by Communist forces, the city was extensively rebuilt and is now one of Asia’s most appealing metropolises and largest English teaching markets. A city with the best in modern technology, delicious green tea tiramisu, and the rare opportunity to indulge in live octopus (tentacles and all), it is also one of the most lucrative places in the world to find work with a TEFL certification.

The Benefits of Teaching English in South Korea, including in Seoul

First, let's address a couple of questions:

Why Teach in Korea?

A popular choice for first-timers and experienced teachers alike, in South Korea the joys of eating, drinking, and merrymaking are in abundance. With a TEFL certificate, your English teaching job in Seoul, Korea will allow you to save upwards of $ 1,000 USD per month, all while taking advantage of what the city has to offer.

How to Teach English in Seoul

In order to find a job teaching English in Seoul, you will need a TEFL certification and a 4-year college degree. Being native in English is expected to find a TEFL job. The average salary for an English teacher in Seoul is about $1,150 - $2,650 USD per month.

Here are just a few reasons why Seoul is a great city in which to work as an English teacher:

10. Great Fast Food

In Seoul, McDonald's wheels Big Macs and McNuggets to your door 24 hours a day. The real stars, however, are local fare ranging from take-out 'gimbap' (Korea's version of maki rolls) and dried squid ('Oh Jing Oe Chae Mu Chim') to fried chicken ('yangnyeom chikin'), which is famous for its thin, crackly skin and distinct seasoning.

9. The City Stays Up Late

The streets of Gangnam, Hongdae, Dongdaemun, and many others in the city are filled with crowds until the early hours of the morning. Here in Seoul, Internet cafes, restaurants, arcades, and shopping centers hum with activity throughout the night. Night study rooms can be rented by the hour, and operators at the 120 Dasan Center will provide answers to any question you might have for free, 24 hours a day, in English or Korean.

**8. Luxury Spas ('Jjimjilbang')**

A must-see Seoul fixture, the “spas” in South Korea offer a beguiling blend of spa services and entertainment. Many of these multi-storied pleasure palaces are open 24 hours, giving patrons access to whirlpool baths, massage parlors, mineral rooms, TV rooms, as well as cafes and restaurants, any time of the day. In these temples to good health and rejuvenation, you can also compete in a game of mini-golf, rest atop a rooftop garden or sit in a quiet movie theater. Some even provide their customers with overnight amenities. Ranging from glitzy and stylish to cozy and compact, Seoulites flock these spas year-round.

7. Beautiful Green Spaces

Each morning housewives ('ah-jumas') and their husbands ('ahd-ju-shees') can be seen hiking to greet the dawn from atop of the hills that ring the city. The complex of buildings at Changdeokgung, used as palace grounds well into the 20th century, holds patches of dense woodland and tranquil lily ponds. Seoul is bursting with hidden swathes of greenery, making it easy to escape the urban atmosphere and relax in a silent refuge.

6. “Bang’n” Culture

Translated to mean “room” in English, there are “bangs” of endless variety throughout Seoul. South Koreans gather in 'norae' bangs, or karaoke lounges, to sing and show off the latest dance moves, then retreat to DVD bangs to relax and watch movies. There are board game bangs, Internet bangs, and every incarnation in between.

5. Great Transit

Catch a ride on one of the sleekest, cleanest, and most efficient subway systems in the world, joining the millions of South Koreans who whizz about the city at lightning speed each day. Bus lines traverse even the smallest streets, and taxis are cheap enough to get you to most destinations without breaking the bank. South Korea is also home to one of the highest-rated airlines in the industry, Korean Air, which offers direct flights to destinations throughout Asia as well as further afield in Europe and the Americas. Because of its small size, it’s possible to see Korea in its entirety on small weekend trips while working teaching English.

4. Korean Kids

South Korean youth culture - especially in the realms of pop music and street style- sets the bar for cool throughout Southern Asia. The Hongik district in particular is known for its hip clubs, edgy shops and youthful atmosphere. South Korean children often attend private, after-school academies called hagwons, to improve their English and prepare for English proficiency exams. Many jobs in South Korea require a high score on English proficiency tests since business throughout Asia and the world is typically conducted in English. Teaching jobs in South Korea are most often found in Korean elementary schools, high schools, and private hagwons.

**3. 'BiBimbap' and Barbecue**

In Seoul, you can’t walk down the street without inhaling the heady scent of charcoal fire and sizzling meat. 'Bibimbap' (literally meaning ‘mixed meal’) is another popular South Korean dish. It’s typically served as a bowl of warm white rice topped with 'namul' (sautéed and seasoned vegetables) and 'gochujang' (chili pepper paste), with a raw or fried egg and sliced meat (usually beef) added on top. In Korea, dining is a social affair - dishes are typically priced in units of four and shared by large groups of friends.

2. Salaries and Benefits of Teaching in Seoul

Demand for English teachers in South Korea, including in Seoul, is high and still growing. Schools throughout the country will arrange and pay for both accommodations and airfare. They will also provide a generous salary, making it easy to send money home or put it away for travel.

Teachers in Seoul often live in brand-new apartment buildings, fully furnished with Western comforts. Taking into account the lowered cost of living, while working as an English teacher in South Korea you can save up to 75% of your wages - often over 1,000 USD each month.

There are over one thousand English language schools serving Seoul’s large population, and each month an estimated 2,000-3,000 new teaching positions become available.

1. The Number One Reason to Teach English in Seoul is Yours to Discover!

Will you take cooking classes, martial arts lessons, or learn to speak Korean while working overseas? Will you backpack through Cambodia, Laos, and Thailand on your vacations? Will you return to Asia, and reunite with old friends and students? One thing is for sure - you will have embarked on a remarkable journey and have lived, traveled, and worked as a local overseas. Your life will be forever changed.

Go further:

TEFL Job Search Guidance vs Job Placement: What’s the Difference?

Molly Mattison — Thu, 23 Mar 2023 20:03:34 GMT

If you're interested in teaching English as a foreign language (TEFL) and looking for job opportunities, you may have come across two common terms: job search guidance and job placement. While these terms may sound similar, they actually refer to two different types of services offered by TEFL organizations.

How to Find TEFL Jobs: Job Placement vs Job Search Guidance

Let's explore the differences between TEFL job search guidance and job placement, so you can make an informed decision on which service is right for you.

What is TEFL Job Search Guidance?

Job Search Guidance is a service designed to provide TEFL graduates with the resources they need to get a great job teaching English abroad, including personalized support from our team of experienced job search advisors. It does not place TEFL-certified English teachers into specific jobs.

More than 40,000 alumni have benefitted from International TEFL Academy (ITA)’s lifetime Job Search Guidance - finding exciting, fulfilling jobs teaching English in 80+ countries worldwide. This comprehensive guidance and personalized assistance, included with enrollment in every standard ITA TEFL certification course, is a key reason why students choose ITA and rate us as the top provider of TEFL certification year after year.

If you want more than guidance and prefer concierge-level support in navigating international job markets, ITA now also offers guaranteed job placements for teaching English in Thailand, Korea, Myanmar, Japan, Cambodia, Vietnam, or Costa Rica.

What is TEFL Job Placement?

ITA's job placement programs provide a guaranteed English teaching job and salary range in Thailand, South Korea, Costa Rica, Vietnam, Cambodia, or Japan. The programs also entail end-to-end personalized service for every step of the process, including visa support, interview coaching, and cultural orientation.

For an additional fee, you’ll get the next level of hands-on support and guidance in securing employment abroad with facilitated job applications, arranged interviews, and guaranteed job placements and salary ranges. You’ll also receive extra guidance for moving abroad and living internationally, with personalized support for everything from securing a visa to cultural orientation.

Which approach is right for you? It will all depend on your goals, your comfort level in navigating an international job search, and the financial investment you’d like to make.

Who Should Choose Job Search Guidance?

ITA designed Lifetime Job Search Guidance to provide our graduates with the resources and guidance to get a great job teaching English abroad and online. More than 50,000 ITA graduates have gained employment teaching English in 80+ countries using our extensive resources, including 1-on-1 guidance from our team of experienced job search advisors. Job Search Guidance is included with the cost of enrollment in an ITA standard TEFL certification course - making it a great service at a great value.

ITA's Job Search Guidance is especially ideal if you wish to explore opportunities in multiple countries, and if you want to explore teaching jobs in regions like Latin America, Europe, and the Middle East. While employment is not guaranteed, students who show flexibility, use ITA's resources and guidance, and put in the work succeed in finding a job.

Who Should Choose a Guaranteed Job Placement Program?

A guaranteed placement program is best for people who know they would like to teach in South Korea, Japan, Costa Rica, Cambodia, Vietnam, or Thailand and would like the extra assurance of a guaranteed job and salary range, with concierge-level service at every step of your journey. The cost for this premium service starts at $1,899, or an additional $1,499 if bundled with an ITA standard TEFL certification course.

Can I Get Both TEFL Job Options?

Yes! You can bundle a Guaranteed Placement Program with ITA’s TEFL certification course, saving $400 in the process. You’ll get the best of both worlds - access to ITA’s job search guidance and alumni community, alongside a guaranteed job abroad.

If you are an ITA student or graduate, you already enjoy lifetime access to Job Search Guidance and can register for a job placement program with a $300 discount on your placement fee.

Compare the benefits of each below:

	Job Search Guidance (Included with ITA's Standard TEFL Course Enrollment)	ITA TEFL Course PLUS Guaranteed Placement Program	Guaranteed Placement Program ONLY
Guidance and resources to support finding a job in 80+ countries, including live webinars, a robust job search website, and school contact information for 20,000 schools	✔	✔
Lifetime access to ITA Student Services team and support in finding a job abroad	✔	✔
Guidance and resources for securing employment in Latin America, Europe, and the Middle East and for teaching English online	✔	✔
Robust 50k+ alumni community, including membership in Facebook groups, and invites to exclusive alumni virtual events and country meet-ups	✔	✔
Feedback on resumes, cover letters, contract offers, and information about preferred employers in 80+ countries	✔	✔
Hands-on support in tailoring your resume, cover letter, and introductory video for jobs in Korea, Japan, Vietnam, Thailand, Cambodia, or Costa Rica		✔	✔
Guaranteed teaching jobs in Korea, Japan, Vietnam, Thailand, Cambodia, or Costa Rica		✔	✔
Job applications and interviews that are fully facilitated, with job matching to your preferences		✔	✔
Guaranteed salary range		✔	✔
Contract review and negotiation fully facilitated		✔	✔
2,500+ vetted schools in partner networks		✔	✔
In-country support, including a 24-hour hotline and airport pickup		✔	✔
Language and cultural training		✔	✔
Pre-departure support for document collection, securing a visa and work permit, and logistical preparations, including packing guides		✔	✔
Access to an in-country alumni community and regional teacher meetups and events		✔	✔

Ready to take your first step? Still unsure what option is best for you? Your personalized advising and support start now - click here to get in touch with our admissions team.

What are the Requirements to Teach English in Morocco?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Tue, 31 Jan 2023 23:19:02 GMT

Located at the crossroads of Africa, Europe & the Arab World, Morocco has been a center of commerce and culture for more than 2,000 years. With its colorful cities, sparkling coastlines, and stunning mountainous landscapes, this ancient North African nation offers a wide variety of opportunities and experiences. Also despite its deep connections to France and long history of French serving as the nation's second language, Morocco has emerged as a popular destination for teaching English abroad.

If you are considering teaching English in Morocco, you must ensure you meet the following qualifications.

What Qualifications Do You Need to Become an English Teacher in Morocco?

To teach English in Morocco, you will need a TEFL certificate and a 4-year college degree in any field. Native English proficiency is also expected to find a TEFL job. The baseline average salary for a first-time English teacher in Morocco is about $500 - $1,000 USD per month.

Requirements for Teaching English in Morocco

Now let's look at the following requirements to teach English in Morocco in detail:

Hold a TEFL certification
Have a Bachelor's degree in any field/major
Be a fluent English speaker
Meet the age requirement (preferred)
Possess a valid passport and work permit
Be financially prepared for start-up costs

Let's expand on each of these Morocco ESL teaching requirements and qualifications below:

1. Hold a TEFL Certification

A TEFL (Teach English as a Foreign Language) certification is required to teach English in Morocco. Getting TEFL certified will provide you with the relevant training and qualifications you need to get hired by a reputable school in Morocco and should leave you feeling confident in your abilities to provide ESL lessons to your students.

Which TEFL Course is Right for Me?

English teaching job interviews in Morocco can be conducted both in advance from your home country or on the ground, in person.

A popular option is ITA's 170-Hour Online TEFL Course which you can take online from home. This award-winning course is part-time, so you can take it while going to school or working full-time, so you can work and save some extra money in anticipation of your departure to Morocco.

You may also consider taking a four-week TEFL course in person and then traveling to Morocco to interview and begin teaching.

Check out the Full Index of TEFL Courses. ITA offers intensive and part-time fully accredited TEFL courses online and four-week in-person TEFL courses in 20+ locations worldwide.
All ITA students & graduates receive lifetime Job Search Guidance to teach English in Morocco & 80 nations worldwide.

2. Have a Bachelor's Degree in Any Field/Major

Can You Teach English in Morocco Without a Degree?

A bachelor's degree is typically required to teach English in Morocco. Your bachelor's degree does not need to be in education, it can be in any field (i.e.: Marketing, Psychology, Arts, etc). Any four-year diploma or bachelor's degree from an accredited university will satisfy this requirement (or three years if you studied in the UK, Australia, or New Zealand).

NOTE: You may encounter anecdotal examples of folks teaching without a degree, but remember these are exceptions and that government regulations specify that foreign teachers need a university degree to obtain a work visa.

Prior Teaching Experience

While prior teaching experience can help you stand out on your resume, you do not need it to teach English in Morocco. Your TEFL certification training will provide you with the relevant qualifications you need to get hired by a school in Morocco.

Any reputable TEFL certification course should include a mandatory practicum component to help gain firsthand experience practice teaching with real non-native English speakers. This will prepare you for the classroom and leave you feeling confident in your ability to deliver well-structured ESL lessons to your students. This practice teaching can count as teaching experience and should be highlighted on your resume.

3. Be a Fluent English Speaker

You do not need to be a native English speaker to teach English in Morocco. However, non-natives will be expected to be fluent in English and speak at a native level.

4. Meet the Age Requirement

The Department of labor will not issue work permits to teachers over the age of 60. You can read more about work permits for Morocco on the Department of Labor’s website. Because of this, schools may be hesitant to sponsor work visas for teachers nearing or at this age range.

5. Possess a Valid Passport and Visa

You will need a valid passport to enter and work as an English teacher in Morocco. If your passport is scheduled to expire within six months of your planned arrival in Morocco, it is recommended that you renew your passport before your departure.

What Type of Visa or Work Permit Will I Need to Teach English in Morocco?

Most foreign English teachers in Morocco will arrive in the country on a 90-day tourist visa, and then interview for positions locally. Once you gain employment, you will transition to a work permit.

6. Be Financially Prepared for Start-up Costs

The cost of living in Morocco is relatively low ($1000 - $1500 a month) and salaries ($500 - $1000 a month) for first-time ESL teachers are modest. English teachers typically live comfortably on what they earn, but financial planning is still imperative to prepare you for success.

Remember, even if you have an English teaching job lined up in advance, nobody will hand you a paycheck when you arrive in Morocco. Given that most English teachers will interview and apply for jobs upon arrival, you will need to cover 1-2 months of living expenses ($2000 - $3000 on the safe side) until you start working and getting paid. You will also need to cover your airfare from your home country to Morocco.

Additional Information

No Physical Requirements

A health screening and/or drug test are not required to teach English in Morocco. However, individual employers may have their own specific requirements on these matters.

What Are the Requirements for Teaching English in Myanmar?

john@internationalteflacademy.com (John Bentley) — Tue, 31 Jan 2023 21:02:18 GMT

Despite being largely closed to the outside world in recent decades, Myanmar offers many benefits for English teachers abroad, including a low cost of living, unique travel opportunities, and a distinct cultural melange that blends elements of Indian, Southeast Asia, Buddhist, and Islamic influences. It boasts some of the most fantastic Buddhist temples in the world, and unlike many nations around the globe, it has yet to be overrun by chain restaurants and brand-name shopping outlets.

If you are considering teaching English in Myanmar, you will need to ensure you meet the following qualifications:

What Qualifications Do You Need to Become an English Teacher in Myanmar?

To teach English in Myanmar, you will need a TEFL certification. A 4-year college degree is strongly preferred but is not required. Native English fluency with a native or neutral accent is also expected to find a TEFL job. The average salary for a first-time English teacher in Myanmar is about $700 - $1,000 USD per month.

How to Teach English in Myanmar

Now let's look at the following requirements to teach English in Myanmar in detail:

Hold a TEFL certification
Have a college degree (not required but preferred)
Native English speaker or full fluency
Possess a valid passport & visa
Be financially prepared for start-up costs

Let's expand on each of these Myanmar ESL teaching requirements and qualifications below:

1. Hold a TEFL Certification

A TEFL (Teach English as a Foreign Language) certification is required to teach English in Myanmar. Getting TEFL certified will provide you with the relevant training and qualifications you need to get hired by a reputable school in Myanmar and should give you confidence in your abilities to provide effective ESL lessons to your students.

Which TEFL Course is Right for Me?

You may also consider taking a four-week TEFL course in Yangon, Myanmar, and then beginning the process of interviewing and beginning teaching.

Check out a Full Index of TEFL Courses. ITA offers intensive and part-time fully accredited TEFL courses online and four-week in-person TEFL courses in 20+ locations worldwide.
All ITA students & graduates receive lifetime Job Search Guidance to teach English in Myanmar & 80 nations worldwide.
Wanting the ease of mind knowing a job is waiting for you after your course? ITA offers a guaranteed job placement program in Myanmar that is open to non-degree holders.

2. Have a College Degree (Not Required But Preferred)

Can I Teach English in Myanmar without a Degree?

A bachelor's degree is not required to teach English in Myanmar, and your TEFL certification should be enough to successfully gain employment as an ESL teacher. Please note while a bachelor's degree is not a requirement, some employers may still prefer to hire teachers that do possess a degree, especially for jobs in more advanced institutions.

Prior Teaching Experience

While prior teaching experience can help you stand out on your resume and may qualify you for more advanced, higher-paying positions, you do not need it to teach English in Myanmar. Your TEFL certification training will provide you with the relevant qualifications you need to get hired by a school in Myanmar.

3. Be a native-English Speaker (Preferred)

If you are a qualified, non-native English speaker, you may be considered for English teaching jobs in Myanmar. Non-natives will be expected to be fluent in English and speak at a native level with a minimal accent. Although not required, native English speakers with citizenship from the U.S., U.K., Ireland, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, or South Africa may still be preferred by some employers.

Also, please note that you do not need to speak Burmese (the most widely used language in Myanmar) to teach English in Myanmar.

4. Possess a Valid Passport and Visa

You will need a valid passport to enter and work as an English teacher in Myanmar. If your passport is scheduled to expire within six months of your planned arrival in Myanmar, it is recommended that you renew your passport before your departure.

What Type of Visa will I need to Teach English in Myanmar?

Most English teachers live and work in Myanmar on a Business Visa, allowing them to stay in the country for at least 10 weeks at a time while working. In recent years, most teachers have been required to exit the country and fly to Thailand to renew their visa and re-enter Myanmar. However, this regulation has loosened significantly recently.

Those from major English-speaking nations like USA, Canada, UK, Australia, Ireland, South Africa, or NZ can typically apply for a business visa on arrival. If you are from another nation, you should check with the local Myanmarese embassy or consulate as to whether you can get a business visa on arrival or in advance.

As mentioned, it has been common practice in recent years for English teachers to make visa runs to neighboring countries every 10 weeks to get their visa renewed upon re-entry. However, a new longer-term business visa may be available from schools if participants sign a longer-term contract. English teachers should ask their employer about this option and getting the necessary paperwork to submit. Many teachers fly into Bangkok and back, or to another nearby country. They can go and come back the same day, or make it a weekend excursion. Your school may help pay for the visa trips to Bangkok, but not all schools will do this.

5. Be Financially Prepared for Start-up Costs

The cost of living in Myanmar is relatively low ($500 - $1000 a month) and salaries ($700 - $1000 a month) for first-time ESL teachers are modest compared to various other Asian nations. English teachers typically live comfortably on what they earn, but financial planning is still imperative to prepare you for success.

Remember, nobody will hand you a paycheck the moment you arrive in the country and given that most English teachers will interview and apply for jobs upon arrival, you will need to cover 1-2 months of living expenses ($1000 - $1500 on the safe side) until you start working and getting paid. You will also need to cover your airfare from your home country to Myanmar.

No Age Requirements

In some countries, a teacher's age can play a factor in the hiring process, but this is not typically the case for Myanmar, which makes it a great option for teachers 40+ (or even nearing retirement age) looking to teach English abroad.

No Physical Requirements

A health screening and/or drug test are not required to teach English in Myanmar. However, individual employers may have their own specific requirements on these matters.

Go Further:

Immerse yourself in Myanmarese Culture with ITA's On-site Culture Course in Yangon

How Much Do English Teachers Make in Peru?

Lynda Galea — Fri, 27 Jan 2023 22:51:58 GMT

*NOTE: As of January 2023, Peru is experiencing some political instability, which may impact the TEFL job market, including salaries and employment opportunities.

From the headwaters of the Amazon to the mystical ruins of Machu Picchu, Peru’s historical and natural offerings are second to none. The national capital of Lima, home to 10 million people, has blossomed into a very large and promising job market for ESL teachers abroad in South America - and it only continues to grow.

Peru offers many benefits for English teachers, including a low cost of living, great travel opportunities, and fewer hiring restrictions than some other countries in Central and South America.

Enticing, right? But how much can you make in Peru? Let's find out together.

English Teacher in Peru Salary

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in Peru?

On average, English teachers in Peru can expect to make anywhere between $500 - $1,000 USD per month with the option to earn additional income through private tutoring ($10-20 USD per hour) and teaching English online ($5-$20 USD per hour).

Your salary will fluctuate depending on which teaching route you choose to pursue.

Peru Teaching Salary: The Details

There are several different teaching opportunities available for TEFL-certified teachers in Peru. ESL (English as a second language) teachers who ultimately spend time teaching English in Peru do so via one of the following avenues:

Teaching adults in English language schools
Private tutoring adults
Teaching business English to adults
Teaching English online
A combination of the above.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in Peru Details
Language School Salary	Between $500 and $1,000 USD per month
Private Tutoring Salary	$10-$20 USD per hour
Business English Salary	Between $500 and $1,000 USD per month
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$500-1,000 USD per month
Start-up Costs	Between $1,000 and $1,500 USD

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. Peru Language School Salaries

Major TEFL markets in Peru can be found in Lima, Cusco, and Arequipa. The school year in Peru runs from March - December with peak hiring seasons being February - March, and July - August. While some schools will interview in advance over the phone and via email, most English teachers are expected to interview in person once they arrive in Peru.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities like Lima earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at language schools in Peru can expect to make anywhere between $500 - $1,000 USD per month.

Visa Options for Teaching English in Peru

Tourist Visa for Teaching English in Peru

Teachers in Peru typically teach on a 90-day tourist visa. For American English teachers, no paperwork is required to get this tourist visa, it is just a stamp in your passport that you’ll be issued upon arrival at a Peruvian airport. Once in-country, you are able to submit an application to extend your 90-day tourist visa up to a maximum of 183 days total (6 months).

In order to avoid any overstay fees, you must leave Peru after your 183-day stay.

2. Peru Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students (especially adults) is extremely common among English teachers in Peru. Teachers that choose this route are often:

Teaching English in Peru at a language school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Teaching English online and seeking supplemental income by privately tutoring students in addition to their online teaching job;
Solely providing private-tutoring lessons as their only form of income.

Getting clients for private lessons is a marketing exercise, and all the avenues that seem appropriate to your circumstances have to be explored. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, or corner shops;
Run an advertisement in the local paper;
Send notices to local public schools, announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English;
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.) who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them;
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, perhaps even travel agencies;
Get ESL business cards made before you leave your home country that has your name, email address, and phone number on them.

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in Peru?

As a private ESL tutor in Peru, you should expect to charge and make around $10-15 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons (depending on where in Peru you are based). If you are providing private tutoring lessons for small groups (2-3 students at a time), it's possible to increase your rates as your small group of students will be splitting the hourly cost amongst themselves.

3. Peru Business English Teaching Salaries

Business English involves typically involves teaching employees business-specific English at their place of employment. As a business English teacher in Peru, you can expect to make anywhere between $500 - $1,000 USD per month.

4. Peru Teaching English Online Salaries

Like private ESL tutoring, teaching English online is an extremely popular way for teachers to make money. Many ESL teachers in Peru teach online as their sole job and income, while others do it to supplement the income they earn from teaching at a language school or from private tutoring.

Teaching English online provides TEFL-certified teachers with the opportunity to make money from the comfort of their own homes, with most teachers being able to make anywhere from $5-$20 USD per hour. Hours are flexible and it is up to you how much or how little you teach - you are in total control of your schedule.

If you are looking to ensure students are within your same timezone, check out these three online ESL schools based in Latin America:

Beyond English - starting pay is $17 USD per hour taught for U.S. teachers
Open English - earn up to $15 USD per hour
Latin Hire - compensation varies depending on the total amount of hours you are available to work

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to Peru. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move and will ensure that you have an income immediately upon your arrival in Peru.

Expenses for Teaching English in Peru

There are two categories of expenses that need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in Peru:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Peru

Start-up costs are expenses you will incur from your arrival in Peru until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like a security deposit and first month's rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc.

Start-up costs should be enough to cover your first month of living in Chile and will range somewhere between $1,000 and $1,500 USD. This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in Peru. If you have more, great, but if you have less, you may be setting yourself up for failure from the get-go which can cause unnecessary added stress during an already stressful period of adaption and change.

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in Peru

Cost of living refers to everyday monthly expenses you will incur during your time in Peru. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary drastically based on where in Peru you are based. For example, those living in larger cities like Lima can expect to have a higher cost of living compared to those located in smaller cities or towns. As a general rule of thumb, you should budget $500 - $1,000 USD per month to cover your cost of living.

Peru is very much a break-even country, meaning you can cover your rent and bills, support yourself, live comfortably, and enjoy your life abroad to the fullest, but you shouldn't expect to save money at the end of each month. If you are hustling and taking on private tutoring lessons and/or teaching English online in addition to your regular teaching schedule, you may increase your ability to save and come out on top at the end of each month.

Go further:

How Much Do English Teachers Make in Chile?

Lynda Galea — Fri, 20 Jan 2023 20:53:24 GMT

Boasting the most advanced and developed economy in South America, Chile is one of the top job markets for teaching English on the continent. The draws of living and teaching in Chile are endless. With a coastline stretching more than 2,400 miles, Chile is home to some of the most diverse terrain on the globe. The Chilean Andes are among the world's highest and most beautiful mountains (offering world-class skiing) and the Atacama Desert represents the driest place on the earth.

Enticing, right? But how much can you make in Chile? Let's find out together.

English Teacher in Chile Salary

How Much Does an English Teacher Earn in Chile?

On average, English teachers in Chile can expect to make anywhere between $750 - $1,000 USD per month with the option to earn additional income through private tutoring ($10-20 USD per hour) and teaching English online ($5-$20 USD per hour).

Your salary will fluctuate depending on which teaching route you choose to pursue.

Chile Teaching Salary: The Details

There are several different teaching opportunities available for TEFL-certified teachers in Chile. ESL (English as a second language) teachers who ultimately spend time teaching English in Chile do so via one of the following avenues:

Teaching business professionals in English language schools
Teaching children in public schools through the English Opens Doors Program
Private tutoring for both children and adults
Teach English online
A combination of the above.

Salary & Expenses	English Teacher Salary in Chile Details
Language School Salary	Between $750 and $1,000 USD per month
Open Doors Program Salary	A stipend of $100 USD (approx. CLP 65,000) per month
Private Tutoring Salary	$10-$20 USD per hour
Teach English Online Salary	$5-$20 USD per hour
Average Cost of Living	$650-1,000 USD per month
Start-up Costs	Between $1,850 and $2,250 USD

Let's explore each option and what you can expect to earn from them:

1. Chile Language School Salaries

There is a large demand for English teachers in and around the capital of Santiago with ESL teaching positions also being found in smaller cities such as Valparaiso, Serena, Concepcion, and Vina Del Mar (although positions in these locations may be more competitive). The school year in Chile typically runs from March-December with peak hiring seasons being March-April and July-August. The majority of ESL teachers will find their first employment in a language institute once they are on the ground in Chile, although some schools will interview in advance over a video call.

Pay will fluctuate depending on where you are located, with teachers in larger cities like Santiago earning more than those teaching in smaller cities and towns. English teachers working at language schools in Chile can expect to make anywhere between $750 - $1,000 USD per month.

Visa Options for Teaching English in Chile

Work Visa for Teaching English in Chile

The work visa you apply for and receive will depend on your employer. The two common types are a Subject to Contract Visa (Visa Temporaria Sujeta a Contrato) and a Professional Visa (Visa Temporaria para Profesionales y Tecnicos).

If you can secure a job in advance before you head to Chile, you can complete the work visa process from your home country. From the feedback received by our alumni, they recommend this route as processing a work visa once in Chile can be time-consuming and take an extremely long time to receive.

If you plan to find your job in person upon arrival in Chile, you'll enter the country on a 90-day tourist visa and then change it over to a work visa. It's possible to teach on a tourist visa and border hop every 90 days, but it's far less common.

2. Chile English Opens Doors Programs Salary

The “English Opens Doors” (EOD) program is offered by The United Nations Development Program and the Chilean Ministry of Education. The Chilean Ministry of Education recruits volunteers to teach in public schools in exchange for a modest stipend and a homestay with a local family.

Through EOD, native (or near-native) English-speaking instructors work as English teaching assistants in public schools throughout Chile. A usual week for a volunteer includes 24 hours of English teaching and 11 hours of extra-curricular activities. Volunteers teach in a classroom with a Chilean teacher and work with students ranging from 5th grade (10-11 years old) to 12th grade (17-18 years old).

Volunteers receive a stipend of CLP 65,000 (approx. $100) per month served to reimburse local transportation or other costs related to teaching, housing and meals with a local host family, health insurance, and assistance with registering your temporary resident visa and obtaining a Chilean I.D. card.

3. Chile Private English Tutoring Salaries

Private tutoring ESL students (especially adults) is extremely common among English teachers in Chile. Teachers that choose this route are often:

Teaching English in Chile at a language school and taking on some private tutoring students to help supplement their income;
Teaching English online and seeking supplemental income by privately tutoring students in addition to their online teaching job;
Solely providing private-tutoring lessons as their only form of income.

Getting clients for private lessons is a marketing exercise, and all the avenues that seem appropriate to your circumstances have to be explored. Here are some ways you can market yourself:

Post notices in schools and universities, coffee shops, supermarkets, or corner shops;
Run an advertisement in the local paper;
Send notices to local public schools, announcing your willingness to work with local students on their English;
Compile a list of addresses of professionals (lawyers, architects, etc.) who may need English for their work and have the resources to pay for it and then contact them;
Call on export businesses, distribution companies, perhaps even travel agencies;
Get ESL business cards made before you leave your home country that has your name, email address, and phone number on them.

How much money can I make from private tutoring ESL students in Chile?

As a private ESL tutor in Chile, you should expect to charge and make around $10-15 USD per hour for one-on-one lessons (depending on where in Chile you are based). If you are providing private tutoring lessons for small groups (2-3 students at a time), it's possible to increase your rates as your small group of students will be splitting the hourly cost amongst themselves.

4. Chile Teaching English Online Salaries

Like private ESL tutoring, teaching English online is an extremely popular way for teachers to make money. Many ESL teachers in Chile teach online as their sole job and income, while others do it to supplement the income they earn from teaching at a language school or from private tutoring.

If you are looking to ensure students are within your same timezone, check out these three online ESL schools based in Latin America:

Beyond English - starting pay is $17 USD per hour taught for U.S. teachers
Open English - earn up to $15 USD per hour
Latin Hire - compensation varies depending on the total amount of hours you are available to work

A key advantage of teaching online is that you can begin teaching and making money before you move to Chile. This is a great way to help cover the start-up costs of your move and will ensure that you have an income immediately upon your arrival in Chile.

Expenses for Teaching English in Chile

There are two categories of expenses that need to be taken into consideration for those looking to teach English in Chile:

Start-up costs
Cost of living

Let's explore each of the two in more detail.

1. Start-Up Costs for Teaching English in Chile

Start-up costs are expenses you will incur from your arrival in Chile until you receive your first paycheck and may include things like a security deposit and first month's rent, apartment supplies, transport, groceries, getting your new local cell phone number set up, etc.

Start-up costs should be enough to cover your first month of living in Chile and will range somewhere between $1,850 and $2,250 USD. This is the minimum amount of savings you should have on hand before leaving home and arriving in Chile. If you have more, great, but if you have less, you may be setting yourself up for failure from the get-go which can cause unnecessary added stress during an already stressful period of adaption and change.

2. Cost of Living for Teaching English in Chile

Cost of living refers to everyday monthly expenses you will incur during your time in Chile. The most popular expenses that fall under this category include:

Monthly rent expenses
Utilities (electricity, gas, water bills, etc)
Food and grocery expenses
Health insurance
Internet bill
Cell phone bill
Transportation (transit card, ride-sharing services, etc)
Travel/entertainment expenses

Your cost of living expenses can vary drastically based on where in Chile you are based. For example, those living in larger cities like Santiago can expect to have a higher cost of living compared to those located in smaller cities or towns. As a general rule of thumb, you should budget $650 - $1,000 USD per month to cover your cost of living.

Chile is very much a break-even country, meaning you can cover your rent and bills, support yourself, live comfortably, and enjoy your life abroad to the fullest, but you shouldn't expect to save money at the end of each month. If you are hustling and taking on private tutoring lessons and/or teaching English online in addition to your regular teaching schedule, you may increase your ability to save and come out on top at the end of each month.

Go further:

8 Tips for Teaching English to Spanish Speakers

Courtney Yarsley — Tue, 03 Jan 2023 21:14:53 GMT

Teaching English to Spanish speakers es una experiencia fantastica! But have you ever thought about why? Native Spanish speakers come from countries across the globe and bring diverse cultures, perspectives, and experiences. From Santiago, Chile, to Salamanca, Spain, tens of millions of native Spanish speakers seek to enhance their educational, professional, and personal opportunities by learning English, creating enormous demand for qualified English instructors.

While they come from different countries with different cultures and backgrounds, Spanish speakers learning English share many similaridades as learners. Most notably, many possess an extensive list of existing English vocabulary that you can use as an English teacher to build confidence, create connections and set your students up for success. At BE, we have over 15 years of experience teaching English to Spanish speakers in Chile. Read on to learn more about our top tips for speaking English to Spanish speakers

**1. Learn a little español!**

It’s hard to learn a new language, especially when you’re afraid of sounding silly or making an awkward mistake. While you often want to expose your students to English as much as possible, speaking a little Spanish to them – even just in small talk - will show them you can relate to their journey and help build rapport. They’ll also appreciate your vulnerability and take notice that making mistakes is okay and part of the process!

In addition, if you are teaching English in a Spanish-speaking nation in Latin America or in Spain itself, learning Spanish will definitely help you in your daily life with getting around, shopping, making new friends, and gaining insights into local history and culture.

Also, if you seek to recruit private students to tutor, learning some Spanish can prove invaluable for marketing yourself and setting up lessons with potential students.

Hot Tip! Top 5 Spanish-Speaking Countries for Teaching English Abroad

2. Do Your Research & Share Your Story

Spanish speakers come from many different countries worldwide, each with their unique culture, dialect, history, and culinary traditions. Do your best to learn more about your students’ heritage and be open to sharing facts about yourself. This will help you build relationships, understand your student’s goals, and foster intercultural exchange.

Many foreign English teachers bring personal photos or perhaps even souvenirs when they move abroad to teach to share with students. Many of your students will likely be curious about your background, your family, and where you come from. If you’re comfortable speaking about such matters, they can be great points to spark discussion and will also make you more relatable to your students and vice versa.

3. Validate That They Know More Than They Realize

Spanish-speaking students often know way more English than they realize! In fact, about 30-40% of English words have a similar word in Spanish. Use these cognates in class to build students’ confidence and to show them they’re already ahead of the game. Remember it is importante to celebrar their knowledge and encourage them to use it and build on it.

4. But wait! Warn Them of False Friends.

Many words that look very similar in English and Spanish are actually false cognates, or “false friends.” It may seem like they would mean the same thing in both languages, but they don't. Becoming familiar some primary examples will not only help your teaching skills, but will make learning Spanish easier for you. For example:

Éxito ≠ exit (success)
Ropa ≠ rope (clothes)
Embarazado ≠ embarrassed (pregnant)
Deportes ≠ deport (sports)
Sopa ≠ soap (soup)
Gracioso ≠ gracious (funny)
Enviar ≠ envy (send)
Delito ≠ delight (crime)
Caro ≠ car (expensive)
Terrorifico ≠ terrifying (terrific)
Mayor ≠ mayor (older)
Pan ≠ pan (bread)

5. So why is the “s” in “island” silent?!

Spanish has fixed pronunciation, meaning the vowels always make the same sounds. As an English teacher, you are probably well aware that in English, pronunciation can feel like the Wild Wild West! Teach your students English pronunciation rules (the silent “e” creates long vowel sounds, as in “care” and “spare”) and common patterns. This will give students a strong foundation. Finally, remind students that because of the many exceptions to the rules, everyone has a hard time at the beginning and the best way to learn is by speaking and making mistakes!

6. Take a Look in the Mirror!

One of the trickiest parts about learning English is that some English sounds do not exist in Spanish at all (“th” for example). When teaching words with new sounds, have students practice speaking in front of a mirror to watch the way their mouth and tongue move.

7. "I have tired. She drives a car blue."

Because of the similarities between the two languages, students may have a tendency to directly translate…but directly translating can lead to common errors! You may hear things like “I am agree” instead of “I agree”. This comes from the Spanish phrase “Estoy de acuerdo” → Literally translated is, “I am of agreement”. Try to notice common errors and work to find the root cause of those mistakes - it’s likely a misconception stemming from a Spanish grammar structure. For example, the order of adjectives & nouns is switched, and subjects are often omitted in Spanish.

8. **Bye-bye, vergüenza!**

We repeat this daily to our students! Chao, embarrassment (vergüenza)! Students often have negative associations with learning English from school. There can be fear or shame about sounding silly, getting something wrong, or mispronouncing words in front of others. They may not have had a lot of opportunities to actually speak the language, so encourage them to just go for it and remind them that mistakes are essential for improvement.

Okay! You’re ready for your next class with a Spanish speaker! As an EdTech that teaches English to Chilean students, these are just a few of the tips we have learned along the way. Find out more about our methodology and what we love about teaching Spanish-speaking students by visiting the BE website and Instagram.

What Are the Requirements for Teaching English in Peru?

Lynda Galea — Tue, 13 Dec 2022 18:39:35 GMT

Peru offers many benefits for English teachers, including a low cost of living, great travel opportunities, and fewer hiring restrictions than some other countries in Central and South America.

If you are considering teaching English in Peru, you will need to ensure you meet the following qualifications:

What Qualifications Do You Need to Become an English Teacher in Peru?

To teach English in Peru, you will need a TEFL certification. A 4-year college degree is not required but is strongly preferred. You do not need to be a native-English speaker but you will be expected to be fluent in English and speak at a native level. The average salary for an English teacher in Peru is about $500 - $1,000 USD per month.

How to Teach English in Peru

Now let’s look at the following requirements to teach English in Peru in detail:

Hold a TEFL certification
Have a college degree (not required but preferred)
Be a native-English speaker from the U.S., U.K., Ireland, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, or South Africa (not required but preferred)
Have a valid passport & visa
Be financially prepared for start-up costs

Let’s expand on each of these Peru ESL teaching requirements and qualifications below:

1. Hold a TEFL Certification

A TEFL (Teach English as a Foreign Language) certificate is required to teach English in Peru. Getting TEFL certified will provide you with the relevant training and qualifications you need to get hired by a reputable school in Peru and should give you confidence in your abilities to provide effective ESL lessons to your students.

Which TEFL Course is Right for Me?

Most language schools in Peru recruit and interview on the ground, in person. Therefore, it is common for many aspiring English teachers to take ITA’s 4-week TEFL Course in Arequipa, Peru. Taking the course in Peru means you can begin interviewing for TEFL jobs in Peru immediately at course completion.

The course staff will assist you with finding local teaching opportunities and will provide guidance for the interview process.

Check out a Full Index of TEFL Courses.
All ITA students & graduates receive lifetime Job Search Guidance to teach English in Cambodia & 80 nations worldwide.

2. Have a College Degree (Not Required But Preferred)

Can I Teach English in Peru Without a Degree?

A bachelor’s degree is not required to teach English in Peru. Your TEFL certification should be enough to successfully gain employment as an ESL teacher. Please note, while a bachelor’s degree is not a requirement some employers may still prefer that you have one.

Prior Teaching Experience

While prior teaching experience can help you stand out on your resume, you do not need it to teach English in Peru. Your TEFL certification training will provide you with the relevant qualifications you need to get hired by a school in Peru.

3. Be a Native-English Speaker from the U.S., U.K., Ireland Australia, Canada, New Zealand, or South Africa (Not Required But Preferred)

If you are a qualified, non-native English speaker, you may be considered for English teaching jobs in Peru. Non-natives will be expected to be fluent in English and speak at a native level. Although not required, native-English speakers with citizenship from the U.S., U.K., Ireland, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, or South Africa may still be preferred by some employers.

Also, please note that you do not need to speak Spanish to teach English in Peru.

4. Have a Valid Passport & Visa

You will need a valid passport to enter and work as an English teacher in Peru. If your passport is scheduled to expire within six months of your planned arrival in Peru, it is recommended that you renew your passport prior to your departure.

What Type of Visa Will I Need to Teach English in Peru?

In order to avoid any overstay fees, you must leave Peru after your 183-day stay.

5. Be Financially Prepared for Start-up Costs

The cost of living in Peru is relatively low ($500 - $1,000 USD per month) with most teachers breaking even each month. This means you can cover your rent and bills, support yourself, and enjoy your life abroad to the fullest, but you shouldn’t expect to save money at the end of each month. Financial planning is imperative to prepare for your success.

Remember, nobody will hand you a paycheck the moment you step off the plane, and given that most English teachers will interview and apply for jobs upon arrival, you will need to cover 1-2 months of living expenses ($1,000 - $1,500 on the safe side) until you start working and getting paid. You will also need to cover your airfare to Peru from your home country.

Go Further: What are the requirements for teaching English abroad?